| lists.openwall.net | lists / announce owl-users owl-dev john-users john-dev passwdqc-users yescrypt popa3d-users / oss-security kernel-hardening musl sabotage tlsify passwords / crypt-dev xvendor / Bugtraq Full-Disclosure linux-kernel linux-netdev linux-ext4 linux-hardening linux-cve-announce PHC | |
|
Open Source and information security mailing list archives
| ||
|
Message-Id: <20250418235740.80375-1-kevinpaul468@gmail.com>
Date: Sat, 19 Apr 2025 05:27:40 +0530
From: Kevin Paul Reddy Janagari <kevinpaul468@...il.com>
To: anton@...era.com
Cc: linux-kernel@...r.kernel.org,
linux-ntfs-dev@...ts.sourceforge.net,
linux-doc@...r.kernel.org,
linux-fsdevel@...r.kernel.org,
jcorbet@....net,
alexander.viro@...hless.com,
kevinpaul468@...il.com
Subject: [PATCH] fs: Backport - remove NTFS classic
commit 7ffa8f3d3023 ("fs: Remove NTFS classic")
The replacement, NTFS3, was merged over two years ago. It is now time to
remove the original from the tree as it is the last user of several APIs,
and it is not worth changing.
compile tested
Signed-off-by: Kevin Paul Reddy Janagari <kevinpaul468@...il.com>
---
CREDITS | 5 +
Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.rst | 466 ------
MAINTAINERS | 9 -
fs/Kconfig | 1 -
fs/Makefile | 1 -
fs/ntfs/Makefile | 15 -
fs/ntfs/attrib.h | 102 --
fs/ntfs/bitmap.c | 179 --
fs/ntfs/bitmap.h | 104 --
fs/ntfs/collate.c | 110 --
fs/ntfs/collate.h | 36 -
fs/ntfs/debug.c | 159 --
fs/ntfs/debug.h | 57 -
fs/ntfs/dir.h | 34 -
fs/ntfs/endian.h | 79 -
fs/ntfs/index.c | 440 -----
fs/ntfs/index.h | 134 --
fs/ntfs/layout.h | 2421 ----------------------------
fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c | 1000 ------------
fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.h | 131 --
fs/ntfs/logfile.c | 849 ----------
fs/ntfs/logfile.h | 295 ----
fs/ntfs/malloc.h | 77 -
fs/ntfs/mft.h | 110 --
fs/ntfs/mst.c | 189 ---
fs/ntfs/ntfs.h | 150 --
fs/ntfs/quota.c | 103 --
fs/ntfs/quota.h | 21 -
fs/ntfs/runlist.h | 88 -
fs/ntfs/sysctl.h | 27 -
fs/ntfs/time.h | 89 -
fs/ntfs/types.h | 55 -
fs/ntfs/unistr.c | 384 -----
fs/ntfs/upcase.c | 73 -
fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.c | 70 -
fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.h | 191 ---
fs/ntfs/volume.h | 164 --
37 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 8413 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.rst
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/Makefile
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/attrib.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/bitmap.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/bitmap.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/collate.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/collate.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/debug.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/debug.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/dir.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/endian.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/index.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/index.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/layout.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/logfile.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/logfile.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/malloc.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/mft.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/mst.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/ntfs.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/quota.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/quota.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/runlist.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/sysctl.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/time.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/types.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/unistr.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/upcase.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.c
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.h
delete mode 100644 fs/ntfs/volume.h
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 198f675c419e..f6c04d03c145 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -67,6 +67,11 @@ D: dosfs, LILO, some fd features, ATM, various other hacks here and there
S: Buenos Aires
S: Argentina
+NTFS FILESYSTEM
+N: Anton Altaparmakov
+E: anton@...era.com
+D: NTFS filesystem
+
N: Tim Alpaerts
E: tim_alpaerts@...ota-motor-europe.com
D: 802.2 class II logical link control layer,
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bb093a26485..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-================================
-The Linux NTFS filesystem driver
-================================
-
-
-.. Table of contents
-
- - Overview
- - Web site
- - Features
- - Supported mount options
- - Known bugs and (mis-)features
- - Using NTFS volume and stripe sets
- - The Device-Mapper driver
- - The Software RAID / MD driver
- - Limitations when using the MD driver
-
-
-Overview
-========
-
-Linux-NTFS comes with a number of user-space programs known as ntfsprogs.
-These include mkntfs, a full-featured ntfs filesystem format utility,
-ntfsundelete used for recovering files that were unintentionally deleted
-from an NTFS volume and ntfsresize which is used to resize an NTFS partition.
-See the web site for more information.
-
-To mount an NTFS 1.2/3.x (Windows NT4/2000/XP/2003) volume, use the file
-system type 'ntfs'. The driver currently supports read-only mode (with no
-fault-tolerance, encryption or journalling) and very limited, but safe, write
-support.
-
-For fault tolerance and raid support (i.e. volume and stripe sets), you can
-use the kernel's Software RAID / MD driver. See section "Using Software RAID
-with NTFS" for details.
-
-
-Web site
-========
-
-There is plenty of additional information on the linux-ntfs web site
-at http://www.linux-ntfs.org/
-
-The web site has a lot of additional information, such as a comprehensive
-FAQ, documentation on the NTFS on-disk format, information on the Linux-NTFS
-userspace utilities, etc.
-
-
-Features
-========
-
-- This is a complete rewrite of the NTFS driver that used to be in the 2.4 and
- earlier kernels. This new driver implements NTFS read support and is
- functionally equivalent to the old ntfs driver and it also implements limited
- write support. The biggest limitation at present is that files/directories
- cannot be created or deleted. See below for the list of write features that
- are so far supported. Another limitation is that writing to compressed files
- is not implemented at all. Also, neither read nor write access to encrypted
- files is so far implemented.
-- The new driver has full support for sparse files on NTFS 3.x volumes which
- the old driver isn't happy with.
-- The new driver supports execution of binaries due to mmap() now being
- supported.
-- The new driver supports loopback mounting of files on NTFS which is used by
- some Linux distributions to enable the user to run Linux from an NTFS
- partition by creating a large file while in Windows and then loopback
- mounting the file while in Linux and creating a Linux filesystem on it that
- is used to install Linux on it.
-- A comparison of the two drivers using::
-
- time find . -type f -exec md5sum "{}" \;
-
- run three times in sequence with each driver (after a reboot) on a 1.4GiB
- NTFS partition, showed the new driver to be 20% faster in total time elapsed
- (from 9:43 minutes on average down to 7:53). The time spent in user space
- was unchanged but the time spent in the kernel was decreased by a factor of
- 2.5 (from 85 CPU seconds down to 33).
-- The driver does not support short file names in general. For backwards
- compatibility, we implement access to files using their short file names if
- they exist. The driver will not create short file names however, and a
- rename will discard any existing short file name.
-- The new driver supports exporting of mounted NTFS volumes via NFS.
-- The new driver supports async io (aio).
-- The new driver supports fsync(2), fdatasync(2), and msync(2).
-- The new driver supports readv(2) and writev(2).
-- The new driver supports access time updates (including mtime and ctime).
-- The new driver supports truncate(2) and open(2) with O_TRUNC. But at present
- only very limited support for highly fragmented files, i.e. ones which have
- their data attribute split across multiple extents, is included. Another
- limitation is that at present truncate(2) will never create sparse files,
- since to mark a file sparse we need to modify the directory entry for the
- file and we do not implement directory modifications yet.
-- The new driver supports write(2) which can both overwrite existing data and
- extend the file size so that you can write beyond the existing data. Also,
- writing into sparse regions is supported and the holes are filled in with
- clusters. But at present only limited support for highly fragmented files,
- i.e. ones which have their data attribute split across multiple extents, is
- included. Another limitation is that write(2) will never create sparse
- files, since to mark a file sparse we need to modify the directory entry for
- the file and we do not implement directory modifications yet.
-
-Supported mount options
-=======================
-
-In addition to the generic mount options described by the manual page for the
-mount command (man 8 mount, also see man 5 fstab), the NTFS driver supports the
-following mount options:
-
-======================= =======================================================
-iocharset=name Deprecated option. Still supported but please use
- nls=name in the future. See description for nls=name.
-
-nls=name Character set to use when returning file names.
- Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses names that contain
- unconvertible characters. Note that most character
- sets contain insufficient characters to represent all
- possible Unicode characters that can exist on NTFS.
- To be sure you are not missing any files, you are
- advised to use nls=utf8 which is capable of
- representing all Unicode characters.
-
-utf8=<bool> Option no longer supported. Currently mapped to
- nls=utf8 but please use nls=utf8 in the future and
- make sure utf8 is compiled either as module or into
- the kernel. See description for nls=name.
-
-uid=
-gid=
-umask= Provide default owner, group, and access mode mask.
- These options work as documented in mount(8). By
- default, the files/directories are owned by root and
- he/she has read and write permissions, as well as
- browse permission for directories. No one else has any
- access permissions. I.e. the mode on all files is by
- default rw------- and for directories rwx------, a
- consequence of the default fmask=0177 and dmask=0077.
- Using a umask of zero will grant all permissions to
- everyone, i.e. all files and directories will have mode
- rwxrwxrwx.
-
-fmask=
-dmask= Instead of specifying umask which applies both to
- files and directories, fmask applies only to files and
- dmask only to directories.
-
-sloppy=<BOOL> If sloppy is specified, ignore unknown mount options.
- Otherwise the default behaviour is to abort mount if
- any unknown options are found.
-
-show_sys_files=<BOOL> If show_sys_files is specified, show the system files
- in directory listings. Otherwise the default behaviour
- is to hide the system files.
- Note that even when show_sys_files is specified, "$MFT"
- will not be visible due to bugs/mis-features in glibc.
- Further, note that irrespective of show_sys_files, all
- files are accessible by name, i.e. you can always do
- "ls -l \$UpCase" for example to specifically show the
- system file containing the Unicode upcase table.
-
-case_sensitive=<BOOL> If case_sensitive is specified, treat all file names as
- case sensitive and create file names in the POSIX
- namespace. Otherwise the default behaviour is to treat
- file names as case insensitive and to create file names
- in the WIN32/LONG name space. Note, the Linux NTFS
- driver will never create short file names and will
- remove them on rename/delete of the corresponding long
- file name.
- Note that files remain accessible via their short file
- name, if it exists. If case_sensitive, you will need
- to provide the correct case of the short file name.
-
-disable_sparse=<BOOL> If disable_sparse is specified, creation of sparse
- regions, i.e. holes, inside files is disabled for the
- volume (for the duration of this mount only). By
- default, creation of sparse regions is enabled, which
- is consistent with the behaviour of traditional Unix
- filesystems.
-
-errors=opt What to do when critical filesystem errors are found.
- Following values can be used for "opt":
-
- ======== =========================================
- continue DEFAULT, try to clean-up as much as
- possible, e.g. marking a corrupt inode as
- bad so it is no longer accessed, and then
- continue.
- recover At present only supported is recovery of
- the boot sector from the backup copy.
- If read-only mount, the recovery is done
- in memory only and not written to disk.
- ======== =========================================
-
- Note that the options are additive, i.e. specifying::
-
- errors=continue,errors=recover
-
- means the driver will attempt to recover and if that
- fails it will clean-up as much as possible and
- continue.
-
-mft_zone_multiplier= Set the MFT zone multiplier for the volume (this
- setting is not persistent across mounts and can be
- changed from mount to mount but cannot be changed on
- remount). Values of 1 to 4 are allowed, 1 being the
- default. The MFT zone multiplier determines how much
- space is reserved for the MFT on the volume. If all
- other space is used up, then the MFT zone will be
- shrunk dynamically, so this has no impact on the
- amount of free space. However, it can have an impact
- on performance by affecting fragmentation of the MFT.
- In general use the default. If you have a lot of small
- files then use a higher value. The values have the
- following meaning:
-
- ===== =================================
- Value MFT zone size (% of volume size)
- ===== =================================
- 1 12.5%
- 2 25%
- 3 37.5%
- 4 50%
- ===== =================================
-
- Note this option is irrelevant for read-only mounts.
-======================= =======================================================
-
-
-Known bugs and (mis-)features
-=============================
-
-- The link count on each directory inode entry is set to 1, due to Linux not
- supporting directory hard links. This may well confuse some user space
- applications, since the directory names will have the same inode numbers.
- This also speeds up ntfs_read_inode() immensely. And we haven't found any
- problems with this approach so far. If you find a problem with this, please
- let us know.
-
-
-Please send bug reports/comments/feedback/abuse to the Linux-NTFS development
-list at sourceforge: linux-ntfs-dev@...ts.sourceforge.net
-
-
-Using NTFS volume and stripe sets
-=================================
-
-For support of volume and stripe sets, you can either use the kernel's
-Device-Mapper driver or the kernel's Software RAID / MD driver. The former is
-the recommended one to use for linear raid. But the latter is required for
-raid level 5. For striping and mirroring, either driver should work fine.
-
-
-The Device-Mapper driver
-------------------------
-
-You will need to create a table of the components of the volume/stripe set and
-how they fit together and load this into the kernel using the dmsetup utility
-(see man 8 dmsetup).
-
-Linear volume sets, i.e. linear raid, has been tested and works fine. Even
-though untested, there is no reason why stripe sets, i.e. raid level 0, and
-mirrors, i.e. raid level 1 should not work, too. Stripes with parity, i.e.
-raid level 5, unfortunately cannot work yet because the current version of the
-Device-Mapper driver does not support raid level 5. You may be able to use the
-Software RAID / MD driver for raid level 5, see the next section for details.
-
-To create the table describing your volume you will need to know each of its
-components and their sizes in sectors, i.e. multiples of 512-byte blocks.
-
-For NT4 fault tolerant volumes you can obtain the sizes using fdisk. So for
-example if one of your partitions is /dev/hda2 you would do::
-
- $ fdisk -ul /dev/hda
-
- Disk /dev/hda: 81.9 GB, 81964302336 bytes
- 255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 9964 cylinders, total 160086528 sectors
- Units = sectors of 1 * 512 = 512 bytes
-
- Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System
- /dev/hda1 * 63 4209029 2104483+ 83 Linux
- /dev/hda2 4209030 37768814 16779892+ 86 NTFS
- /dev/hda3 37768815 46170809 4200997+ 83 Linux
-
-And you would know that /dev/hda2 has a size of 37768814 - 4209030 + 1 =
-33559785 sectors.
-
-For Win2k and later dynamic disks, you can for example use the ldminfo utility
-which is part of the Linux LDM tools (the latest version at the time of
-writing is linux-ldm-0.0.8.tar.bz2). You can download it from:
-
- http://www.linux-ntfs.org/
-
-Simply extract the downloaded archive (tar xvjf linux-ldm-0.0.8.tar.bz2), go
-into it (cd linux-ldm-0.0.8) and change to the test directory (cd test). You
-will find the precompiled (i386) ldminfo utility there. NOTE: You will not be
-able to compile this yourself easily so use the binary version!
-
-Then you would use ldminfo in dump mode to obtain the necessary information::
-
- $ ./ldminfo --dump /dev/hda
-
-This would dump the LDM database found on /dev/hda which describes all of your
-dynamic disks and all the volumes on them. At the bottom you will see the
-VOLUME DEFINITIONS section which is all you really need. You may need to look
-further above to determine which of the disks in the volume definitions is
-which device in Linux. Hint: Run ldminfo on each of your dynamic disks and
-look at the Disk Id close to the top of the output for each (the PRIVATE HEADER
-section). You can then find these Disk Ids in the VBLK DATABASE section in the
-<Disk> components where you will get the LDM Name for the disk that is found in
-the VOLUME DEFINITIONS section.
-
-Note you will also need to enable the LDM driver in the Linux kernel. If your
-distribution did not enable it, you will need to recompile the kernel with it
-enabled. This will create the LDM partitions on each device at boot time. You
-would then use those devices (for /dev/hda they would be /dev/hda1, 2, 3, etc)
-in the Device-Mapper table.
-
-You can also bypass using the LDM driver by using the main device (e.g.
-/dev/hda) and then using the offsets of the LDM partitions into this device as
-the "Start sector of device" when creating the table. Once again ldminfo would
-give you the correct information to do this.
-
-Assuming you know all your devices and their sizes things are easy.
-
-For a linear raid the table would look like this (note all values are in
-512-byte sectors)::
-
- # Offset into Size of this Raid type Device Start sector
- # volume device of device
- 0 1028161 linear /dev/hda1 0
- 1028161 3903762 linear /dev/hdb2 0
- 4931923 2103211 linear /dev/hdc1 0
-
-For a striped volume, i.e. raid level 0, you will need to know the chunk size
-you used when creating the volume. Windows uses 64kiB as the default, so it
-will probably be this unless you changes the defaults when creating the array.
-
-For a raid level 0 the table would look like this (note all values are in
-512-byte sectors)::
-
- # Offset Size Raid Number Chunk 1st Start 2nd Start
- # into of the type of size Device in Device in
- # volume volume stripes device device
- 0 2056320 striped 2 128 /dev/hda1 0 /dev/hdb1 0
-
-If there are more than two devices, just add each of them to the end of the
-line.
-
-Finally, for a mirrored volume, i.e. raid level 1, the table would look like
-this (note all values are in 512-byte sectors)::
-
- # Ofs Size Raid Log Number Region Should Number Source Start Target Start
- # in of the type type of log size sync? of Device in Device in
- # vol volume params mirrors Device Device
- 0 2056320 mirror core 2 16 nosync 2 /dev/hda1 0 /dev/hdb1 0
-
-If you are mirroring to multiple devices you can specify further targets at the
-end of the line.
-
-Note the "Should sync?" parameter "nosync" means that the two mirrors are
-already in sync which will be the case on a clean shutdown of Windows. If the
-mirrors are not clean, you can specify the "sync" option instead of "nosync"
-and the Device-Mapper driver will then copy the entirety of the "Source Device"
-to the "Target Device" or if you specified multiple target devices to all of
-them.
-
-Once you have your table, save it in a file somewhere (e.g. /etc/ntfsvolume1),
-and hand it over to dmsetup to work with, like so::
-
- $ dmsetup create myvolume1 /etc/ntfsvolume1
-
-You can obviously replace "myvolume1" with whatever name you like.
-
-If it all worked, you will now have the device /dev/device-mapper/myvolume1
-which you can then just use as an argument to the mount command as usual to
-mount the ntfs volume. For example::
-
- $ mount -t ntfs -o ro /dev/device-mapper/myvolume1 /mnt/myvol1
-
-(You need to create the directory /mnt/myvol1 first and of course you can use
-anything you like instead of /mnt/myvol1 as long as it is an existing
-directory.)
-
-It is advisable to do the mount read-only to see if the volume has been setup
-correctly to avoid the possibility of causing damage to the data on the ntfs
-volume.
-
-
-The Software RAID / MD driver
------------------------------
-
-An alternative to using the Device-Mapper driver is to use the kernel's
-Software RAID / MD driver. For which you need to set up your /etc/raidtab
-appropriately (see man 5 raidtab).
-
-Linear volume sets, i.e. linear raid, as well as stripe sets, i.e. raid level
-0, have been tested and work fine (though see section "Limitations when using
-the MD driver with NTFS volumes" especially if you want to use linear raid).
-Even though untested, there is no reason why mirrors, i.e. raid level 1, and
-stripes with parity, i.e. raid level 5, should not work, too.
-
-You have to use the "persistent-superblock 0" option for each raid-disk in the
-NTFS volume/stripe you are configuring in /etc/raidtab as the persistent
-superblock used by the MD driver would damage the NTFS volume.
-
-Windows by default uses a stripe chunk size of 64k, so you probably want the
-"chunk-size 64k" option for each raid-disk, too.
-
-For example, if you have a stripe set consisting of two partitions /dev/hda5
-and /dev/hdb1 your /etc/raidtab would look like this::
-
- raiddev /dev/md0
- raid-level 0
- nr-raid-disks 2
- nr-spare-disks 0
- persistent-superblock 0
- chunk-size 64k
- device /dev/hda5
- raid-disk 0
- device /dev/hdb1
- raid-disk 1
-
-For linear raid, just change the raid-level above to "raid-level linear", for
-mirrors, change it to "raid-level 1", and for stripe sets with parity, change
-it to "raid-level 5".
-
-Note for stripe sets with parity you will also need to tell the MD driver
-which parity algorithm to use by specifying the option "parity-algorithm
-which", where you need to replace "which" with the name of the algorithm to
-use (see man 5 raidtab for available algorithms) and you will have to try the
-different available algorithms until you find one that works. Make sure you
-are working read-only when playing with this as you may damage your data
-otherwise. If you find which algorithm works please let us know (email the
-linux-ntfs developers list linux-ntfs-dev@...ts.sourceforge.net or drop in on
-IRC in channel #ntfs on the irc.freenode.net network) so we can update this
-documentation.
-
-Once the raidtab is setup, run for example raid0run -a to start all devices or
-raid0run /dev/md0 to start a particular md device, in this case /dev/md0.
-
-Then just use the mount command as usual to mount the ntfs volume using for
-example::
-
- mount -t ntfs -o ro /dev/md0 /mnt/myntfsvolume
-
-It is advisable to do the mount read-only to see if the md volume has been
-setup correctly to avoid the possibility of causing damage to the data on the
-ntfs volume.
-
-
-Limitations when using the Software RAID / MD driver
------------------------------------------------------
-
-Using the md driver will not work properly if any of your NTFS partitions have
-an odd number of sectors. This is especially important for linear raid as all
-data after the first partition with an odd number of sectors will be offset by
-one or more sectors so if you mount such a partition with write support you
-will cause massive damage to the data on the volume which will only become
-apparent when you try to use the volume again under Windows.
-
-So when using linear raid, make sure that all your partitions have an even
-number of sectors BEFORE attempting to use it. You have been warned!
-
-Even better is to simply use the Device-Mapper for linear raid and then you do
-not have this problem with odd numbers of sectors.
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index 4b19dfb5d2fd..f23131e69b41 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -14667,15 +14667,6 @@ W: https://github.com/davejiang/linux/wiki
T: git https://github.com/davejiang/linux.git
F: drivers/ntb/hw/intel/
-NTFS FILESYSTEM
-M: Anton Altaparmakov <anton@...era.com>
-L: linux-ntfs-dev@...ts.sourceforge.net
-S: Supported
-W: http://www.tuxera.com/
-T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/aia21/ntfs.git
-F: Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.rst
-F: fs/ntfs/
-
NTFS3 FILESYSTEM
M: Konstantin Komarov <almaz.alexandrovich@...agon-software.com>
L: ntfs3@...ts.linux.dev
diff --git a/fs/Kconfig b/fs/Kconfig
index 703a1cea0fc0..06f632b65b3d 100644
--- a/fs/Kconfig
+++ b/fs/Kconfig
@@ -150,7 +150,6 @@ menu "DOS/FAT/EXFAT/NT Filesystems"
source "fs/fat/Kconfig"
source "fs/exfat/Kconfig"
-source "fs/ntfs/Kconfig"
source "fs/ntfs3/Kconfig"
endmenu
diff --git a/fs/Makefile b/fs/Makefile
index 9b7bcf6e54cd..59c6aab0d52a 100644
--- a/fs/Makefile
+++ b/fs/Makefile
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ obj-y += unicode/
obj-$(CONFIG_SYSV_FS) += sysv/
obj-$(CONFIG_SMBFS) += smb/
obj-$(CONFIG_HPFS_FS) += hpfs/
-obj-$(CONFIG_NTFS_FS) += ntfs/
obj-$(CONFIG_NTFS3_FS) += ntfs3/
obj-$(CONFIG_UFS_FS) += ufs/
obj-$(CONFIG_EFS_FS) += efs/
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/Makefile b/fs/ntfs/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e736572ed00..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-# Rules for making the NTFS driver.
-
-obj-$(CONFIG_NTFS_FS) += ntfs.o
-
-ntfs-y := aops.o attrib.o collate.o compress.o debug.o dir.o file.o \
- index.o inode.o mft.o mst.o namei.o runlist.o super.o sysctl.o \
- unistr.o upcase.o
-
-ntfs-$(CONFIG_NTFS_RW) += bitmap.o lcnalloc.o logfile.o quota.o usnjrnl.o
-
-ccflags-y := -DNTFS_VERSION=\"2.1.32\"
-ccflags-$(CONFIG_NTFS_DEBUG) += -DDEBUG
-ccflags-$(CONFIG_NTFS_RW) += -DNTFS_RW
-
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/attrib.h b/fs/ntfs/attrib.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fe0890d3d072..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/attrib.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * attrib.h - Defines for attribute handling in NTFS Linux kernel driver.
- * Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- * Copyright (c) 2002 Richard Russon
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_ATTRIB_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_ATTRIB_H
-
-#include "endian.h"
-#include "types.h"
-#include "layout.h"
-#include "inode.h"
-#include "runlist.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-
-/**
- * ntfs_attr_search_ctx - used in attribute search functions
- * @mrec: buffer containing mft record to search
- * @attr: attribute record in @mrec where to begin/continue search
- * @is_first: if true ntfs_attr_lookup() begins search with @attr, else after
- *
- * Structure must be initialized to zero before the first call to one of the
- * attribute search functions. Initialize @mrec to point to the mft record to
- * search, and @attr to point to the first attribute within @mrec (not necessary
- * if calling the _first() functions), and set @is_first to 'true' (not necessary
- * if calling the _first() functions).
- *
- * If @is_first is 'true', the search begins with @attr. If @is_first is 'false',
- * the search begins after @attr. This is so that, after the first call to one
- * of the search attribute functions, we can call the function again, without
- * any modification of the search context, to automagically get the next
- * matching attribute.
- */
-typedef struct {
- MFT_RECORD *mrec;
- ATTR_RECORD *attr;
- bool is_first;
- ntfs_inode *ntfs_ino;
- ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *al_entry;
- ntfs_inode *base_ntfs_ino;
- MFT_RECORD *base_mrec;
- ATTR_RECORD *base_attr;
-} ntfs_attr_search_ctx;
-
-extern int ntfs_map_runlist_nolock(ntfs_inode *ni, VCN vcn,
- ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
-extern int ntfs_map_runlist(ntfs_inode *ni, VCN vcn);
-
-extern LCN ntfs_attr_vcn_to_lcn_nolock(ntfs_inode *ni, const VCN vcn,
- const bool write_locked);
-
-extern runlist_element *ntfs_attr_find_vcn_nolock(ntfs_inode *ni,
- const VCN vcn, ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
-
-int ntfs_attr_lookup(const ATTR_TYPE type, const ntfschar *name,
- const u32 name_len, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
- const VCN lowest_vcn, const u8 *val, const u32 val_len,
- ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
-
-extern int load_attribute_list(ntfs_volume *vol, runlist *rl, u8 *al_start,
- const s64 size, const s64 initialized_size);
-
-static inline s64 ntfs_attr_size(const ATTR_RECORD *a)
-{
- if (!a->non_resident)
- return (s64)le32_to_cpu(a->data.resident.value_length);
- return sle64_to_cpu(a->data.non_resident.data_size);
-}
-
-extern void ntfs_attr_reinit_search_ctx(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
-extern ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ntfs_attr_get_search_ctx(ntfs_inode *ni,
- MFT_RECORD *mrec);
-extern void ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-extern int ntfs_attr_size_bounds_check(const ntfs_volume *vol,
- const ATTR_TYPE type, const s64 size);
-extern int ntfs_attr_can_be_non_resident(const ntfs_volume *vol,
- const ATTR_TYPE type);
-extern int ntfs_attr_can_be_resident(const ntfs_volume *vol,
- const ATTR_TYPE type);
-
-extern int ntfs_attr_record_resize(MFT_RECORD *m, ATTR_RECORD *a, u32 new_size);
-extern int ntfs_resident_attr_value_resize(MFT_RECORD *m, ATTR_RECORD *a,
- const u32 new_size);
-
-extern int ntfs_attr_make_non_resident(ntfs_inode *ni, const u32 data_size);
-
-extern s64 ntfs_attr_extend_allocation(ntfs_inode *ni, s64 new_alloc_size,
- const s64 new_data_size, const s64 data_start);
-
-extern int ntfs_attr_set(ntfs_inode *ni, const s64 ofs, const s64 cnt,
- const u8 val);
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_ATTRIB_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/bitmap.c b/fs/ntfs/bitmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0675b2400873..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/bitmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * bitmap.c - NTFS kernel bitmap handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include <linux/pagemap.h>
-
-#include "bitmap.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "aops.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-/**
- * __ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run - set a run of bits in a bitmap to a value
- * @vi: vfs inode describing the bitmap
- * @start_bit: first bit to set
- * @count: number of bits to set
- * @value: value to set the bits to (i.e. 0 or 1)
- * @is_rollback: if 'true' this is a rollback operation
- *
- * Set @count bits starting at bit @start_bit in the bitmap described by the
- * vfs inode @vi to @value, where @value is either 0 or 1.
- *
- * @is_rollback should always be 'false', it is for internal use to rollback
- * errors. You probably want to use ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run() instead.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- */
-int __ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(struct inode *vi, const s64 start_bit,
- const s64 count, const u8 value, const bool is_rollback)
-{
- s64 cnt = count;
- pgoff_t index, end_index;
- struct address_space *mapping;
- struct page *page;
- u8 *kaddr;
- int pos, len;
- u8 bit;
-
- BUG_ON(!vi);
- ntfs_debug("Entering for i_ino 0x%lx, start_bit 0x%llx, count 0x%llx, "
- "value %u.%s", vi->i_ino, (unsigned long long)start_bit,
- (unsigned long long)cnt, (unsigned int)value,
- is_rollback ? " (rollback)" : "");
- BUG_ON(start_bit < 0);
- BUG_ON(cnt < 0);
- BUG_ON(value > 1);
- /*
- * Calculate the indices for the pages containing the first and last
- * bits, i.e. @start_bit and @start_bit + @cnt - 1, respectively.
- */
- index = start_bit >> (3 + PAGE_SHIFT);
- end_index = (start_bit + cnt - 1) >> (3 + PAGE_SHIFT);
-
- /* Get the page containing the first bit (@start_bit). */
- mapping = vi->i_mapping;
- page = ntfs_map_page(mapping, index);
- if (IS_ERR(page)) {
- if (!is_rollback)
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "Failed to map first page (error "
- "%li), aborting.", PTR_ERR(page));
- return PTR_ERR(page);
- }
- kaddr = page_address(page);
-
- /* Set @pos to the position of the byte containing @start_bit. */
- pos = (start_bit >> 3) & ~PAGE_MASK;
-
- /* Calculate the position of @start_bit in the first byte. */
- bit = start_bit & 7;
-
- /* If the first byte is partial, modify the appropriate bits in it. */
- if (bit) {
- u8 *byte = kaddr + pos;
- while ((bit & 7) && cnt) {
- cnt--;
- if (value)
- *byte |= 1 << bit++;
- else
- *byte &= ~(1 << bit++);
- }
- /* If we are done, unmap the page and return success. */
- if (!cnt)
- goto done;
-
- /* Update @pos to the new position. */
- pos++;
- }
- /*
- * Depending on @value, modify all remaining whole bytes in the page up
- * to @cnt.
- */
- len = min_t(s64, cnt >> 3, PAGE_SIZE - pos);
- memset(kaddr + pos, value ? 0xff : 0, len);
- cnt -= len << 3;
-
- /* Update @len to point to the first not-done byte in the page. */
- if (cnt < 8)
- len += pos;
-
- /* If we are not in the last page, deal with all subsequent pages. */
- while (index < end_index) {
- BUG_ON(cnt <= 0);
-
- /* Update @index and get the next page. */
- flush_dcache_page(page);
- set_page_dirty(page);
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- page = ntfs_map_page(mapping, ++index);
- if (IS_ERR(page))
- goto rollback;
- kaddr = page_address(page);
- /*
- * Depending on @value, modify all remaining whole bytes in the
- * page up to @cnt.
- */
- len = min_t(s64, cnt >> 3, PAGE_SIZE);
- memset(kaddr, value ? 0xff : 0, len);
- cnt -= len << 3;
- }
- /*
- * The currently mapped page is the last one. If the last byte is
- * partial, modify the appropriate bits in it. Note, @len is the
- * position of the last byte inside the page.
- */
- if (cnt) {
- u8 *byte;
-
- BUG_ON(cnt > 7);
-
- bit = cnt;
- byte = kaddr + len;
- while (bit--) {
- if (value)
- *byte |= 1 << bit;
- else
- *byte &= ~(1 << bit);
- }
- }
-done:
- /* We are done. Unmap the page and return success. */
- flush_dcache_page(page);
- set_page_dirty(page);
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return 0;
-rollback:
- /*
- * Current state:
- * - no pages are mapped
- * - @count - @cnt is the number of bits that have been modified
- */
- if (is_rollback)
- return PTR_ERR(page);
- if (count != cnt)
- pos = __ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(vi, start_bit, count - cnt,
- value ? 0 : 1, true);
- else
- pos = 0;
- if (!pos) {
- /* Rollback was successful. */
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "Failed to map subsequent page (error "
- "%li), aborting.", PTR_ERR(page));
- } else {
- /* Rollback failed. */
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "Failed to map subsequent page (error "
- "%li) and rollback failed (error %i). "
- "Aborting and leaving inconsistent metadata. "
- "Unmount and run chkdsk.", PTR_ERR(page), pos);
- NVolSetErrors(NTFS_SB(vi->i_sb));
- }
- return PTR_ERR(page);
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/bitmap.h b/fs/ntfs/bitmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dd2224ca9c4..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/bitmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * bitmap.h - Defines for NTFS kernel bitmap handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS
- * project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_BITMAP_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_BITMAP_H
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-
-#include "types.h"
-
-extern int __ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(struct inode *vi, const s64 start_bit,
- const s64 count, const u8 value, const bool is_rollback);
-
-/**
- * ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run - set a run of bits in a bitmap to a value
- * @vi: vfs inode describing the bitmap
- * @start_bit: first bit to set
- * @count: number of bits to set
- * @value: value to set the bits to (i.e. 0 or 1)
- *
- * Set @count bits starting at bit @start_bit in the bitmap described by the
- * vfs inode @vi to @value, where @value is either 0 or 1.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- */
-static inline int ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(struct inode *vi,
- const s64 start_bit, const s64 count, const u8 value)
-{
- return __ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(vi, start_bit, count, value,
- false);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_bitmap_set_run - set a run of bits in a bitmap
- * @vi: vfs inode describing the bitmap
- * @start_bit: first bit to set
- * @count: number of bits to set
- *
- * Set @count bits starting at bit @start_bit in the bitmap described by the
- * vfs inode @vi.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- */
-static inline int ntfs_bitmap_set_run(struct inode *vi, const s64 start_bit,
- const s64 count)
-{
- return ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(vi, start_bit, count, 1);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_bitmap_clear_run - clear a run of bits in a bitmap
- * @vi: vfs inode describing the bitmap
- * @start_bit: first bit to clear
- * @count: number of bits to clear
- *
- * Clear @count bits starting at bit @start_bit in the bitmap described by the
- * vfs inode @vi.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- */
-static inline int ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(struct inode *vi, const s64 start_bit,
- const s64 count)
-{
- return ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(vi, start_bit, count, 0);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_bitmap_set_bit - set a bit in a bitmap
- * @vi: vfs inode describing the bitmap
- * @bit: bit to set
- *
- * Set bit @bit in the bitmap described by the vfs inode @vi.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- */
-static inline int ntfs_bitmap_set_bit(struct inode *vi, const s64 bit)
-{
- return ntfs_bitmap_set_run(vi, bit, 1);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_bitmap_clear_bit - clear a bit in a bitmap
- * @vi: vfs inode describing the bitmap
- * @bit: bit to clear
- *
- * Clear bit @bit in the bitmap described by the vfs inode @vi.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- */
-static inline int ntfs_bitmap_clear_bit(struct inode *vi, const s64 bit)
-{
- return ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(vi, bit, 1);
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* defined _LINUX_NTFS_BITMAP_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/collate.c b/fs/ntfs/collate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ab6ec96abfe..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/collate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * collate.c - NTFS kernel collation handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#include "collate.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-static int ntfs_collate_binary(ntfs_volume *vol,
- const void *data1, const int data1_len,
- const void *data2, const int data2_len)
-{
- int rc;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- rc = memcmp(data1, data2, min(data1_len, data2_len));
- if (!rc && (data1_len != data2_len)) {
- if (data1_len < data2_len)
- rc = -1;
- else
- rc = 1;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done, returning %i", rc);
- return rc;
-}
-
-static int ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulong(ntfs_volume *vol,
- const void *data1, const int data1_len,
- const void *data2, const int data2_len)
-{
- int rc;
- u32 d1, d2;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- // FIXME: We don't really want to bug here.
- BUG_ON(data1_len != data2_len);
- BUG_ON(data1_len != 4);
- d1 = le32_to_cpup(data1);
- d2 = le32_to_cpup(data2);
- if (d1 < d2)
- rc = -1;
- else {
- if (d1 == d2)
- rc = 0;
- else
- rc = 1;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done, returning %i", rc);
- return rc;
-}
-
-typedef int (*ntfs_collate_func_t)(ntfs_volume *, const void *, const int,
- const void *, const int);
-
-static ntfs_collate_func_t ntfs_do_collate0x0[3] = {
- ntfs_collate_binary,
- NULL/*ntfs_collate_file_name*/,
- NULL/*ntfs_collate_unicode_string*/,
-};
-
-static ntfs_collate_func_t ntfs_do_collate0x1[4] = {
- ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulong,
- NULL/*ntfs_collate_ntofs_sid*/,
- NULL/*ntfs_collate_ntofs_security_hash*/,
- NULL/*ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulongs*/,
-};
-
-/**
- * ntfs_collate - collate two data items using a specified collation rule
- * @vol: ntfs volume to which the data items belong
- * @cr: collation rule to use when comparing the items
- * @data1: first data item to collate
- * @data1_len: length in bytes of @data1
- * @data2: second data item to collate
- * @data2_len: length in bytes of @data2
- *
- * Collate the two data items @data1 and @data2 using the collation rule @cr
- * and return -1, 0, ir 1 if @data1 is found, respectively, to collate before,
- * to match, or to collate after @data2.
- *
- * For speed we use the collation rule @cr as an index into two tables of
- * function pointers to call the appropriate collation function.
- */
-int ntfs_collate(ntfs_volume *vol, COLLATION_RULE cr,
- const void *data1, const int data1_len,
- const void *data2, const int data2_len) {
- int i;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- /*
- * FIXME: At the moment we only support COLLATION_BINARY and
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG, so we BUG() for everything else for now.
- */
- BUG_ON(cr != COLLATION_BINARY && cr != COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG);
- i = le32_to_cpu(cr);
- BUG_ON(i < 0);
- if (i <= 0x02)
- return ntfs_do_collate0x0[i](vol, data1, data1_len,
- data2, data2_len);
- BUG_ON(i < 0x10);
- i -= 0x10;
- if (likely(i <= 3))
- return ntfs_do_collate0x1[i](vol, data1, data1_len,
- data2, data2_len);
- BUG();
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/collate.h b/fs/ntfs/collate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f2255619b4f4..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/collate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * collate.h - Defines for NTFS kernel collation handling. Part of the
- * Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_COLLATE_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_COLLATE_H
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-
-static inline bool ntfs_is_collation_rule_supported(COLLATION_RULE cr) {
- int i;
-
- /*
- * FIXME: At the moment we only support COLLATION_BINARY and
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG, so we return false for everything else for
- * now.
- */
- if (unlikely(cr != COLLATION_BINARY && cr != COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG))
- return false;
- i = le32_to_cpu(cr);
- if (likely(((i >= 0) && (i <= 0x02)) ||
- ((i >= 0x10) && (i <= 0x13))))
- return true;
- return false;
-}
-
-extern int ntfs_collate(ntfs_volume *vol, COLLATION_RULE cr,
- const void *data1, const int data1_len,
- const void *data2, const int data2_len);
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_COLLATE_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/debug.c b/fs/ntfs/debug.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a3c1c5656f8f..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/debug.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * debug.c - NTFS kernel debug support. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-#define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
-#include "debug.h"
-
-/**
- * __ntfs_warning - output a warning to the syslog
- * @function: name of function outputting the warning
- * @sb: super block of mounted ntfs filesystem
- * @fmt: warning string containing format specifications
- * @...: a variable number of arguments specified in @fmt
- *
- * Outputs a warning to the syslog for the mounted ntfs filesystem described
- * by @sb.
- *
- * @fmt and the corresponding @... is printf style format string containing
- * the warning string and the corresponding format arguments, respectively.
- *
- * @function is the name of the function from which __ntfs_warning is being
- * called.
- *
- * Note, you should be using debug.h::ntfs_warning(@sb, @fmt, @...) instead
- * as this provides the @function parameter automatically.
- */
-void __ntfs_warning(const char *function, const struct super_block *sb,
- const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- struct va_format vaf;
- va_list args;
- int flen = 0;
-
-#ifndef DEBUG
- if (!printk_ratelimit())
- return;
-#endif
- if (function)
- flen = strlen(function);
- va_start(args, fmt);
- vaf.fmt = fmt;
- vaf.va = &args;
- if (sb)
- pr_warn("(device %s): %s(): %pV\n",
- sb->s_id, flen ? function : "", &vaf);
- else
- pr_warn("%s(): %pV\n", flen ? function : "", &vaf);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-/**
- * __ntfs_error - output an error to the syslog
- * @function: name of function outputting the error
- * @sb: super block of mounted ntfs filesystem
- * @fmt: error string containing format specifications
- * @...: a variable number of arguments specified in @fmt
- *
- * Outputs an error to the syslog for the mounted ntfs filesystem described
- * by @sb.
- *
- * @fmt and the corresponding @... is printf style format string containing
- * the error string and the corresponding format arguments, respectively.
- *
- * @function is the name of the function from which __ntfs_error is being
- * called.
- *
- * Note, you should be using debug.h::ntfs_error(@sb, @fmt, @...) instead
- * as this provides the @function parameter automatically.
- */
-void __ntfs_error(const char *function, const struct super_block *sb,
- const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- struct va_format vaf;
- va_list args;
- int flen = 0;
-
-#ifndef DEBUG
- if (!printk_ratelimit())
- return;
-#endif
- if (function)
- flen = strlen(function);
- va_start(args, fmt);
- vaf.fmt = fmt;
- vaf.va = &args;
- if (sb)
- pr_err("(device %s): %s(): %pV\n",
- sb->s_id, flen ? function : "", &vaf);
- else
- pr_err("%s(): %pV\n", flen ? function : "", &vaf);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-
-/* If 1, output debug messages, and if 0, don't. */
-int debug_msgs = 0;
-
-void __ntfs_debug(const char *file, int line, const char *function,
- const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- struct va_format vaf;
- va_list args;
- int flen = 0;
-
- if (!debug_msgs)
- return;
- if (function)
- flen = strlen(function);
- va_start(args, fmt);
- vaf.fmt = fmt;
- vaf.va = &args;
- pr_debug("(%s, %d): %s(): %pV", file, line, flen ? function : "", &vaf);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-/* Dump a runlist. Caller has to provide synchronisation for @rl. */
-void ntfs_debug_dump_runlist(const runlist_element *rl)
-{
- int i;
- const char *lcn_str[5] = { "LCN_HOLE ", "LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED",
- "LCN_ENOENT ", "LCN_unknown " };
-
- if (!debug_msgs)
- return;
- pr_debug("Dumping runlist (values in hex):\n");
- if (!rl) {
- pr_debug("Run list not present.\n");
- return;
- }
- pr_debug("VCN LCN Run length\n");
- for (i = 0; ; i++) {
- LCN lcn = (rl + i)->lcn;
-
- if (lcn < (LCN)0) {
- int index = -lcn - 1;
-
- if (index > -LCN_ENOENT - 1)
- index = 3;
- pr_debug("%-16Lx %s %-16Lx%s\n",
- (long long)(rl + i)->vcn, lcn_str[index],
- (long long)(rl + i)->length,
- (rl + i)->length ? "" :
- " (runlist end)");
- } else
- pr_debug("%-16Lx %-16Lx %-16Lx%s\n",
- (long long)(rl + i)->vcn,
- (long long)(rl + i)->lcn,
- (long long)(rl + i)->length,
- (rl + i)->length ? "" :
- " (runlist end)");
- if (!(rl + i)->length)
- break;
- }
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/debug.h b/fs/ntfs/debug.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdef388f129..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/debug.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * debug.h - NTFS kernel debug support. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_DEBUG_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_DEBUG_H
-
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-
-#include "runlist.h"
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-
-extern int debug_msgs;
-
-extern __printf(4, 5)
-void __ntfs_debug(const char *file, int line, const char *function,
- const char *format, ...);
-/**
- * ntfs_debug - write a debug level message to syslog
- * @f: a printf format string containing the message
- * @...: the variables to substitute into @f
- *
- * ntfs_debug() writes a DEBUG level message to the syslog but only if the
- * driver was compiled with -DDEBUG. Otherwise, the call turns into a NOP.
- */
-#define ntfs_debug(f, a...) \
- __ntfs_debug(__FILE__, __LINE__, __func__, f, ##a)
-
-extern void ntfs_debug_dump_runlist(const runlist_element *rl);
-
-#else /* !DEBUG */
-
-#define ntfs_debug(fmt, ...) \
-do { \
- if (0) \
- no_printk(fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
-} while (0)
-
-#define ntfs_debug_dump_runlist(rl) do {} while (0)
-
-#endif /* !DEBUG */
-
-extern __printf(3, 4)
-void __ntfs_warning(const char *function, const struct super_block *sb,
- const char *fmt, ...);
-#define ntfs_warning(sb, f, a...) __ntfs_warning(__func__, sb, f, ##a)
-
-extern __printf(3, 4)
-void __ntfs_error(const char *function, const struct super_block *sb,
- const char *fmt, ...);
-#define ntfs_error(sb, f, a...) __ntfs_error(__func__, sb, f, ##a)
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_DEBUG_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/dir.h b/fs/ntfs/dir.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e326753df40..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/dir.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * dir.h - Defines for directory handling in NTFS Linux kernel driver. Part of
- * the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_DIR_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_DIR_H
-
-#include "layout.h"
-#include "inode.h"
-#include "types.h"
-
-/*
- * ntfs_name is used to return the file name to the caller of
- * ntfs_lookup_inode_by_name() in order for the caller (namei.c::ntfs_lookup())
- * to be able to deal with dcache aliasing issues.
- */
-typedef struct {
- MFT_REF mref;
- FILE_NAME_TYPE_FLAGS type;
- u8 len;
- ntfschar name[0];
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ntfs_name;
-
-/* The little endian Unicode string $I30 as a global constant. */
-extern ntfschar I30[5];
-
-extern MFT_REF ntfs_lookup_inode_by_name(ntfs_inode *dir_ni,
- const ntfschar *uname, const int uname_len, ntfs_name **res);
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_FS_DIR_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/endian.h b/fs/ntfs/endian.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f30c139bf9ae..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/endian.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * endian.h - Defines for endianness handling in NTFS Linux kernel driver.
- * Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_ENDIAN_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_ENDIAN_H
-
-#include <asm/byteorder.h>
-#include "types.h"
-
-/*
- * Signed endianness conversion functions.
- */
-
-static inline s16 sle16_to_cpu(sle16 x)
-{
- return le16_to_cpu((__force le16)x);
-}
-
-static inline s32 sle32_to_cpu(sle32 x)
-{
- return le32_to_cpu((__force le32)x);
-}
-
-static inline s64 sle64_to_cpu(sle64 x)
-{
- return le64_to_cpu((__force le64)x);
-}
-
-static inline s16 sle16_to_cpup(sle16 *x)
-{
- return le16_to_cpu(*(__force le16*)x);
-}
-
-static inline s32 sle32_to_cpup(sle32 *x)
-{
- return le32_to_cpu(*(__force le32*)x);
-}
-
-static inline s64 sle64_to_cpup(sle64 *x)
-{
- return le64_to_cpu(*(__force le64*)x);
-}
-
-static inline sle16 cpu_to_sle16(s16 x)
-{
- return (__force sle16)cpu_to_le16(x);
-}
-
-static inline sle32 cpu_to_sle32(s32 x)
-{
- return (__force sle32)cpu_to_le32(x);
-}
-
-static inline sle64 cpu_to_sle64(s64 x)
-{
- return (__force sle64)cpu_to_le64(x);
-}
-
-static inline sle16 cpu_to_sle16p(s16 *x)
-{
- return (__force sle16)cpu_to_le16(*x);
-}
-
-static inline sle32 cpu_to_sle32p(s32 *x)
-{
- return (__force sle32)cpu_to_le32(*x);
-}
-
-static inline sle64 cpu_to_sle64p(s64 *x)
-{
- return (__force sle64)cpu_to_le64(*x);
-}
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_ENDIAN_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/index.c b/fs/ntfs/index.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d46c2c03a032..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/index.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,440 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * index.c - NTFS kernel index handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-
-#include "aops.h"
-#include "collate.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "index.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-/**
- * ntfs_index_ctx_get - allocate and initialize a new index context
- * @idx_ni: ntfs index inode with which to initialize the context
- *
- * Allocate a new index context, initialize it with @idx_ni and return it.
- * Return NULL if allocation failed.
- *
- * Locking: Caller must hold i_mutex on the index inode.
- */
-ntfs_index_context *ntfs_index_ctx_get(ntfs_inode *idx_ni)
-{
- ntfs_index_context *ictx;
-
- ictx = kmem_cache_alloc(ntfs_index_ctx_cache, GFP_NOFS);
- if (ictx)
- *ictx = (ntfs_index_context){ .idx_ni = idx_ni };
- return ictx;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_index_ctx_put - release an index context
- * @ictx: index context to free
- *
- * Release the index context @ictx, releasing all associated resources.
- *
- * Locking: Caller must hold i_mutex on the index inode.
- */
-void ntfs_index_ctx_put(ntfs_index_context *ictx)
-{
- if (ictx->entry) {
- if (ictx->is_in_root) {
- if (ictx->actx)
- ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ictx->actx);
- if (ictx->base_ni)
- unmap_mft_record(ictx->base_ni);
- } else {
- struct page *page = ictx->page;
- if (page) {
- BUG_ON(!PageLocked(page));
- unlock_page(page);
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- }
- }
- }
- kmem_cache_free(ntfs_index_ctx_cache, ictx);
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_index_lookup - find a key in an index and return its index entry
- * @key: [IN] key for which to search in the index
- * @key_len: [IN] length of @key in bytes
- * @ictx: [IN/OUT] context describing the index and the returned entry
- *
- * Before calling ntfs_index_lookup(), @ictx must have been obtained from a
- * call to ntfs_index_ctx_get().
- *
- * Look for the @key in the index specified by the index lookup context @ictx.
- * ntfs_index_lookup() walks the contents of the index looking for the @key.
- *
- * If the @key is found in the index, 0 is returned and @ictx is setup to
- * describe the index entry containing the matching @key. @ictx->entry is the
- * index entry and @ictx->data and @ictx->data_len are the index entry data and
- * its length in bytes, respectively.
- *
- * If the @key is not found in the index, -ENOENT is returned and @ictx is
- * setup to describe the index entry whose key collates immediately after the
- * search @key, i.e. this is the position in the index at which an index entry
- * with a key of @key would need to be inserted.
- *
- * If an error occurs return the negative error code and @ictx is left
- * untouched.
- *
- * When finished with the entry and its data, call ntfs_index_ctx_put() to free
- * the context and other associated resources.
- *
- * If the index entry was modified, call flush_dcache_index_entry_page()
- * immediately after the modification and either ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty()
- * or ntfs_index_entry_write() before the call to ntfs_index_ctx_put() to
- * ensure that the changes are written to disk.
- *
- * Locking: - Caller must hold i_mutex on the index inode.
- * - Each page cache page in the index allocation mapping must be
- * locked whilst being accessed otherwise we may find a corrupt
- * page due to it being under ->writepage at the moment which
- * applies the mst protection fixups before writing out and then
- * removes them again after the write is complete after which it
- * unlocks the page.
- */
-int ntfs_index_lookup(const void *key, const int key_len,
- ntfs_index_context *ictx)
-{
- VCN vcn, old_vcn;
- ntfs_inode *idx_ni = ictx->idx_ni;
- ntfs_volume *vol = idx_ni->vol;
- struct super_block *sb = vol->sb;
- ntfs_inode *base_ni = idx_ni->ext.base_ntfs_ino;
- MFT_RECORD *m;
- INDEX_ROOT *ir;
- INDEX_ENTRY *ie;
- INDEX_ALLOCATION *ia;
- u8 *index_end, *kaddr;
- ntfs_attr_search_ctx *actx;
- struct address_space *ia_mapping;
- struct page *page;
- int rc, err = 0;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- BUG_ON(!NInoAttr(idx_ni));
- BUG_ON(idx_ni->type != AT_INDEX_ALLOCATION);
- BUG_ON(idx_ni->nr_extents != -1);
- BUG_ON(!base_ni);
- BUG_ON(!key);
- BUG_ON(key_len <= 0);
- if (!ntfs_is_collation_rule_supported(
- idx_ni->itype.index.collation_rule)) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index uses unsupported collation rule 0x%x. "
- "Aborting lookup.", le32_to_cpu(
- idx_ni->itype.index.collation_rule));
- return -EOPNOTSUPP;
- }
- /* Get hold of the mft record for the index inode. */
- m = map_mft_record(base_ni);
- if (IS_ERR(m)) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "map_mft_record() failed with error code %ld.",
- -PTR_ERR(m));
- return PTR_ERR(m);
- }
- actx = ntfs_attr_get_search_ctx(base_ni, m);
- if (unlikely(!actx)) {
- err = -ENOMEM;
- goto err_out;
- }
- /* Find the index root attribute in the mft record. */
- err = ntfs_attr_lookup(AT_INDEX_ROOT, idx_ni->name, idx_ni->name_len,
- CASE_SENSITIVE, 0, NULL, 0, actx);
- if (unlikely(err)) {
- if (err == -ENOENT) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index root attribute missing in inode "
- "0x%lx.", idx_ni->mft_no);
- err = -EIO;
- }
- goto err_out;
- }
- /* Get to the index root value (it has been verified in read_inode). */
- ir = (INDEX_ROOT*)((u8*)actx->attr +
- le16_to_cpu(actx->attr->data.resident.value_offset));
- index_end = (u8*)&ir->index + le32_to_cpu(ir->index.index_length);
- /* The first index entry. */
- ie = (INDEX_ENTRY*)((u8*)&ir->index +
- le32_to_cpu(ir->index.entries_offset));
- /*
- * Loop until we exceed valid memory (corruption case) or until we
- * reach the last entry.
- */
- for (;; ie = (INDEX_ENTRY*)((u8*)ie + le16_to_cpu(ie->length))) {
- /* Bounds checks. */
- if ((u8*)ie < (u8*)actx->mrec || (u8*)ie +
- sizeof(INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER) > index_end ||
- (u8*)ie + le16_to_cpu(ie->length) > index_end)
- goto idx_err_out;
- /*
- * The last entry cannot contain a key. It can however contain
- * a pointer to a child node in the B+tree so we just break out.
- */
- if (ie->flags & INDEX_ENTRY_END)
- break;
- /* Further bounds checks. */
- if ((u32)sizeof(INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER) +
- le16_to_cpu(ie->key_length) >
- le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_offset) ||
- (u32)le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_offset) +
- le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_length) >
- le16_to_cpu(ie->length))
- goto idx_err_out;
- /* If the keys match perfectly, we setup @ictx and return 0. */
- if ((key_len == le16_to_cpu(ie->key_length)) && !memcmp(key,
- &ie->key, key_len)) {
-ir_done:
- ictx->is_in_root = true;
- ictx->ir = ir;
- ictx->actx = actx;
- ictx->base_ni = base_ni;
- ictx->ia = NULL;
- ictx->page = NULL;
-done:
- ictx->entry = ie;
- ictx->data = (u8*)ie +
- le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_offset);
- ictx->data_len = le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_length);
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return err;
- }
- /*
- * Not a perfect match, need to do full blown collation so we
- * know which way in the B+tree we have to go.
- */
- rc = ntfs_collate(vol, idx_ni->itype.index.collation_rule, key,
- key_len, &ie->key, le16_to_cpu(ie->key_length));
- /*
- * If @key collates before the key of the current entry, there
- * is definitely no such key in this index but we might need to
- * descend into the B+tree so we just break out of the loop.
- */
- if (rc == -1)
- break;
- /*
- * A match should never happen as the memcmp() call should have
- * cought it, but we still treat it correctly.
- */
- if (!rc)
- goto ir_done;
- /* The keys are not equal, continue the search. */
- }
- /*
- * We have finished with this index without success. Check for the
- * presence of a child node and if not present setup @ictx and return
- * -ENOENT.
- */
- if (!(ie->flags & INDEX_ENTRY_NODE)) {
- ntfs_debug("Entry not found.");
- err = -ENOENT;
- goto ir_done;
- } /* Child node present, descend into it. */
- /* Consistency check: Verify that an index allocation exists. */
- if (!NInoIndexAllocPresent(idx_ni)) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "No index allocation attribute but index entry "
- "requires one. Inode 0x%lx is corrupt or "
- "driver bug.", idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto err_out;
- }
- /* Get the starting vcn of the index_block holding the child node. */
- vcn = sle64_to_cpup((sle64*)((u8*)ie + le16_to_cpu(ie->length) - 8));
- ia_mapping = VFS_I(idx_ni)->i_mapping;
- /*
- * We are done with the index root and the mft record. Release them,
- * otherwise we deadlock with ntfs_map_page().
- */
- ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(actx);
- unmap_mft_record(base_ni);
- m = NULL;
- actx = NULL;
-descend_into_child_node:
- /*
- * Convert vcn to index into the index allocation attribute in units
- * of PAGE_SIZE and map the page cache page, reading it from
- * disk if necessary.
- */
- page = ntfs_map_page(ia_mapping, vcn <<
- idx_ni->itype.index.vcn_size_bits >> PAGE_SHIFT);
- if (IS_ERR(page)) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Failed to map index page, error %ld.",
- -PTR_ERR(page));
- err = PTR_ERR(page);
- goto err_out;
- }
- lock_page(page);
- kaddr = (u8*)page_address(page);
-fast_descend_into_child_node:
- /* Get to the index allocation block. */
- ia = (INDEX_ALLOCATION*)(kaddr + ((vcn <<
- idx_ni->itype.index.vcn_size_bits) & ~PAGE_MASK));
- /* Bounds checks. */
- if ((u8*)ia < kaddr || (u8*)ia > kaddr + PAGE_SIZE) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Out of bounds check failed. Corrupt inode "
- "0x%lx or driver bug.", idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- /* Catch multi sector transfer fixup errors. */
- if (unlikely(!ntfs_is_indx_record(ia->magic))) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index record with vcn 0x%llx is corrupt. "
- "Corrupt inode 0x%lx. Run chkdsk.",
- (long long)vcn, idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- if (sle64_to_cpu(ia->index_block_vcn) != vcn) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Actual VCN (0x%llx) of index buffer is "
- "different from expected VCN (0x%llx). Inode "
- "0x%lx is corrupt or driver bug.",
- (unsigned long long)
- sle64_to_cpu(ia->index_block_vcn),
- (unsigned long long)vcn, idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- if (le32_to_cpu(ia->index.allocated_size) + 0x18 !=
- idx_ni->itype.index.block_size) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index buffer (VCN 0x%llx) of inode 0x%lx has "
- "a size (%u) differing from the index "
- "specified size (%u). Inode is corrupt or "
- "driver bug.", (unsigned long long)vcn,
- idx_ni->mft_no,
- le32_to_cpu(ia->index.allocated_size) + 0x18,
- idx_ni->itype.index.block_size);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- index_end = (u8*)ia + idx_ni->itype.index.block_size;
- if (index_end > kaddr + PAGE_SIZE) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index buffer (VCN 0x%llx) of inode 0x%lx "
- "crosses page boundary. Impossible! Cannot "
- "access! This is probably a bug in the "
- "driver.", (unsigned long long)vcn,
- idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- index_end = (u8*)&ia->index + le32_to_cpu(ia->index.index_length);
- if (index_end > (u8*)ia + idx_ni->itype.index.block_size) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Size of index buffer (VCN 0x%llx) of inode "
- "0x%lx exceeds maximum size.",
- (unsigned long long)vcn, idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- /* The first index entry. */
- ie = (INDEX_ENTRY*)((u8*)&ia->index +
- le32_to_cpu(ia->index.entries_offset));
- /*
- * Iterate similar to above big loop but applied to index buffer, thus
- * loop until we exceed valid memory (corruption case) or until we
- * reach the last entry.
- */
- for (;; ie = (INDEX_ENTRY*)((u8*)ie + le16_to_cpu(ie->length))) {
- /* Bounds checks. */
- if ((u8*)ie < (u8*)ia || (u8*)ie +
- sizeof(INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER) > index_end ||
- (u8*)ie + le16_to_cpu(ie->length) > index_end) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index entry out of bounds in inode "
- "0x%lx.", idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- /*
- * The last entry cannot contain a key. It can however contain
- * a pointer to a child node in the B+tree so we just break out.
- */
- if (ie->flags & INDEX_ENTRY_END)
- break;
- /* Further bounds checks. */
- if ((u32)sizeof(INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER) +
- le16_to_cpu(ie->key_length) >
- le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_offset) ||
- (u32)le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_offset) +
- le16_to_cpu(ie->data.vi.data_length) >
- le16_to_cpu(ie->length)) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index entry out of bounds in inode "
- "0x%lx.", idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- /* If the keys match perfectly, we setup @ictx and return 0. */
- if ((key_len == le16_to_cpu(ie->key_length)) && !memcmp(key,
- &ie->key, key_len)) {
-ia_done:
- ictx->is_in_root = false;
- ictx->actx = NULL;
- ictx->base_ni = NULL;
- ictx->ia = ia;
- ictx->page = page;
- goto done;
- }
- /*
- * Not a perfect match, need to do full blown collation so we
- * know which way in the B+tree we have to go.
- */
- rc = ntfs_collate(vol, idx_ni->itype.index.collation_rule, key,
- key_len, &ie->key, le16_to_cpu(ie->key_length));
- /*
- * If @key collates before the key of the current entry, there
- * is definitely no such key in this index but we might need to
- * descend into the B+tree so we just break out of the loop.
- */
- if (rc == -1)
- break;
- /*
- * A match should never happen as the memcmp() call should have
- * cought it, but we still treat it correctly.
- */
- if (!rc)
- goto ia_done;
- /* The keys are not equal, continue the search. */
- }
- /*
- * We have finished with this index buffer without success. Check for
- * the presence of a child node and if not present return -ENOENT.
- */
- if (!(ie->flags & INDEX_ENTRY_NODE)) {
- ntfs_debug("Entry not found.");
- err = -ENOENT;
- goto ia_done;
- }
- if ((ia->index.flags & NODE_MASK) == LEAF_NODE) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Index entry with child node found in a leaf "
- "node in inode 0x%lx.", idx_ni->mft_no);
- goto unm_err_out;
- }
- /* Child node present, descend into it. */
- old_vcn = vcn;
- vcn = sle64_to_cpup((sle64*)((u8*)ie + le16_to_cpu(ie->length) - 8));
- if (vcn >= 0) {
- /*
- * If vcn is in the same page cache page as old_vcn we recycle
- * the mapped page.
- */
- if (old_vcn << vol->cluster_size_bits >>
- PAGE_SHIFT == vcn <<
- vol->cluster_size_bits >>
- PAGE_SHIFT)
- goto fast_descend_into_child_node;
- unlock_page(page);
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- goto descend_into_child_node;
- }
- ntfs_error(sb, "Negative child node vcn in inode 0x%lx.",
- idx_ni->mft_no);
-unm_err_out:
- unlock_page(page);
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
-err_out:
- if (!err)
- err = -EIO;
- if (actx)
- ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(actx);
- if (m)
- unmap_mft_record(base_ni);
- return err;
-idx_err_out:
- ntfs_error(sb, "Corrupt index. Aborting lookup.");
- goto err_out;
-}
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/index.h b/fs/ntfs/index.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bb3c3ae55138..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/index.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * index.h - Defines for NTFS kernel index handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS
- * project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_INDEX_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_INDEX_H
-
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "layout.h"
-#include "inode.h"
-#include "attrib.h"
-#include "mft.h"
-#include "aops.h"
-
-/**
- * @idx_ni: index inode containing the @entry described by this context
- * @entry: index entry (points into @ir or @ia)
- * @data: index entry data (points into @entry)
- * @data_len: length in bytes of @data
- * @is_in_root: 'true' if @entry is in @ir and 'false' if it is in @ia
- * @ir: index root if @is_in_root and NULL otherwise
- * @actx: attribute search context if @is_in_root and NULL otherwise
- * @base_ni: base inode if @is_in_root and NULL otherwise
- * @ia: index block if @is_in_root is 'false' and NULL otherwise
- * @page: page if @is_in_root is 'false' and NULL otherwise
- *
- * @idx_ni is the index inode this context belongs to.
- *
- * @entry is the index entry described by this context. @data and @data_len
- * are the index entry data and its length in bytes, respectively. @data
- * simply points into @entry. This is probably what the user is interested in.
- *
- * If @is_in_root is 'true', @entry is in the index root attribute @ir described
- * by the attribute search context @actx and the base inode @base_ni. @ia and
- * @page are NULL in this case.
- *
- * If @is_in_root is 'false', @entry is in the index allocation attribute and @ia
- * and @page point to the index allocation block and the mapped, locked page it
- * is in, respectively. @ir, @actx and @base_ni are NULL in this case.
- *
- * To obtain a context call ntfs_index_ctx_get().
- *
- * We use this context to allow ntfs_index_lookup() to return the found index
- * @entry and its @data without having to allocate a buffer and copy the @entry
- * and/or its @data into it.
- *
- * When finished with the @entry and its @data, call ntfs_index_ctx_put() to
- * free the context and other associated resources.
- *
- * If the index entry was modified, call flush_dcache_index_entry_page()
- * immediately after the modification and either ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty()
- * or ntfs_index_entry_write() before the call to ntfs_index_ctx_put() to
- * ensure that the changes are written to disk.
- */
-typedef struct {
- ntfs_inode *idx_ni;
- INDEX_ENTRY *entry;
- void *data;
- u16 data_len;
- bool is_in_root;
- INDEX_ROOT *ir;
- ntfs_attr_search_ctx *actx;
- ntfs_inode *base_ni;
- INDEX_ALLOCATION *ia;
- struct page *page;
-} ntfs_index_context;
-
-extern ntfs_index_context *ntfs_index_ctx_get(ntfs_inode *idx_ni);
-extern void ntfs_index_ctx_put(ntfs_index_context *ictx);
-
-extern int ntfs_index_lookup(const void *key, const int key_len,
- ntfs_index_context *ictx);
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-/**
- * ntfs_index_entry_flush_dcache_page - flush_dcache_page() for index entries
- * @ictx: ntfs index context describing the index entry
- *
- * Call flush_dcache_page() for the page in which an index entry resides.
- *
- * This must be called every time an index entry is modified, just after the
- * modification.
- *
- * If the index entry is in the index root attribute, simply flush the page
- * containing the mft record containing the index root attribute.
- *
- * If the index entry is in an index block belonging to the index allocation
- * attribute, simply flush the page cache page containing the index block.
- */
-static inline void ntfs_index_entry_flush_dcache_page(ntfs_index_context *ictx)
-{
- if (ictx->is_in_root)
- flush_dcache_mft_record_page(ictx->actx->ntfs_ino);
- else
- flush_dcache_page(ictx->page);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty - mark an index entry dirty
- * @ictx: ntfs index context describing the index entry
- *
- * Mark the index entry described by the index entry context @ictx dirty.
- *
- * If the index entry is in the index root attribute, simply mark the mft
- * record containing the index root attribute dirty. This ensures the mft
- * record, and hence the index root attribute, will be written out to disk
- * later.
- *
- * If the index entry is in an index block belonging to the index allocation
- * attribute, mark the buffers belonging to the index record as well as the
- * page cache page the index block is in dirty. This automatically marks the
- * VFS inode of the ntfs index inode to which the index entry belongs dirty,
- * too (I_DIRTY_PAGES) and this in turn ensures the page buffers, and hence the
- * dirty index block, will be written out to disk later.
- */
-static inline void ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty(ntfs_index_context *ictx)
-{
- if (ictx->is_in_root)
- mark_mft_record_dirty(ictx->actx->ntfs_ino);
- else
- mark_ntfs_record_dirty(ictx->page,
- (u8*)ictx->ia - (u8*)page_address(ictx->page));
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_INDEX_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/layout.h b/fs/ntfs/layout.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d4bf7a3259f..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/layout.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2421 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * layout.h - All NTFS associated on-disk structures. Part of the Linux-NTFS
- * project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- * Copyright (c) 2002 Richard Russon
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_LAYOUT_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_LAYOUT_H
-
-#include <linux/types.h>
-#include <linux/bitops.h>
-#include <linux/list.h>
-#include <asm/byteorder.h>
-
-#include "types.h"
-
-/* The NTFS oem_id "NTFS " */
-#define magicNTFS cpu_to_le64(0x202020205346544eULL)
-
-/*
- * Location of bootsector on partition:
- * The standard NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR is on sector 0 of the partition.
- * On NT4 and above there is one backup copy of the boot sector to
- * be found on the last sector of the partition (not normally accessible
- * from within Windows as the bootsector contained number of sectors
- * value is one less than the actual value!).
- * On versions of NT 3.51 and earlier, the backup copy was located at
- * number of sectors/2 (integer divide), i.e. in the middle of the volume.
- */
-
-/*
- * BIOS parameter block (bpb) structure.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le16 bytes_per_sector; /* Size of a sector in bytes. */
- u8 sectors_per_cluster; /* Size of a cluster in sectors. */
- le16 reserved_sectors; /* zero */
- u8 fats; /* zero */
- le16 root_entries; /* zero */
- le16 sectors; /* zero */
- u8 media_type; /* 0xf8 = hard disk */
- le16 sectors_per_fat; /* zero */
- le16 sectors_per_track; /* irrelevant */
- le16 heads; /* irrelevant */
- le32 hidden_sectors; /* zero */
- le32 large_sectors; /* zero */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) BIOS_PARAMETER_BLOCK;
-
-/*
- * NTFS boot sector structure.
- */
-typedef struct {
- u8 jump[3]; /* Irrelevant (jump to boot up code).*/
- le64 oem_id; /* Magic "NTFS ". */
- BIOS_PARAMETER_BLOCK bpb; /* See BIOS_PARAMETER_BLOCK. */
- u8 unused[4]; /* zero, NTFS diskedit.exe states that
- this is actually:
- __u8 physical_drive; // 0x80
- __u8 current_head; // zero
- __u8 extended_boot_signature;
- // 0x80
- __u8 unused; // zero
- */
-/*0x28*/sle64 number_of_sectors; /* Number of sectors in volume. Gives
- maximum volume size of 2^63 sectors.
- Assuming standard sector size of 512
- bytes, the maximum byte size is
- approx. 4.7x10^21 bytes. (-; */
- sle64 mft_lcn; /* Cluster location of mft data. */
- sle64 mftmirr_lcn; /* Cluster location of copy of mft. */
- s8 clusters_per_mft_record; /* Mft record size in clusters. */
- u8 reserved0[3]; /* zero */
- s8 clusters_per_index_record; /* Index block size in clusters. */
- u8 reserved1[3]; /* zero */
- le64 volume_serial_number; /* Irrelevant (serial number). */
- le32 checksum; /* Boot sector checksum. */
-/*0x54*/u8 bootstrap[426]; /* Irrelevant (boot up code). */
- le16 end_of_sector_marker; /* End of bootsector magic. Always is
- 0xaa55 in little endian. */
-/* sizeof() = 512 (0x200) bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR;
-
-/*
- * Magic identifiers present at the beginning of all ntfs record containing
- * records (like mft records for example).
- */
-enum {
- /* Found in $MFT/$DATA. */
- magic_FILE = cpu_to_le32(0x454c4946), /* Mft entry. */
- magic_INDX = cpu_to_le32(0x58444e49), /* Index buffer. */
- magic_HOLE = cpu_to_le32(0x454c4f48), /* ? (NTFS 3.0+?) */
-
- /* Found in $LogFile/$DATA. */
- magic_RSTR = cpu_to_le32(0x52545352), /* Restart page. */
- magic_RCRD = cpu_to_le32(0x44524352), /* Log record page. */
-
- /* Found in $LogFile/$DATA. (May be found in $MFT/$DATA, also?) */
- magic_CHKD = cpu_to_le32(0x444b4843), /* Modified by chkdsk. */
-
- /* Found in all ntfs record containing records. */
- magic_BAAD = cpu_to_le32(0x44414142), /* Failed multi sector
- transfer was detected. */
- /*
- * Found in $LogFile/$DATA when a page is full of 0xff bytes and is
- * thus not initialized. Page must be initialized before using it.
- */
- magic_empty = cpu_to_le32(0xffffffff) /* Record is empty. */
-};
-
-typedef le32 NTFS_RECORD_TYPE;
-
-/*
- * Generic magic comparison macros. Finally found a use for the ## preprocessor
- * operator! (-8
- */
-
-static inline bool __ntfs_is_magic(le32 x, NTFS_RECORD_TYPE r)
-{
- return (x == r);
-}
-#define ntfs_is_magic(x, m) __ntfs_is_magic(x, magic_##m)
-
-static inline bool __ntfs_is_magicp(le32 *p, NTFS_RECORD_TYPE r)
-{
- return (*p == r);
-}
-#define ntfs_is_magicp(p, m) __ntfs_is_magicp(p, magic_##m)
-
-/*
- * Specialised magic comparison macros for the NTFS_RECORD_TYPEs defined above.
- */
-#define ntfs_is_file_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, FILE) )
-#define ntfs_is_file_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, FILE) )
-#define ntfs_is_mft_record(x) ( ntfs_is_file_record (x) )
-#define ntfs_is_mft_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_file_recordp(p) )
-#define ntfs_is_indx_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, INDX) )
-#define ntfs_is_indx_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, INDX) )
-#define ntfs_is_hole_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, HOLE) )
-#define ntfs_is_hole_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, HOLE) )
-
-#define ntfs_is_rstr_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, RSTR) )
-#define ntfs_is_rstr_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, RSTR) )
-#define ntfs_is_rcrd_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, RCRD) )
-#define ntfs_is_rcrd_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, RCRD) )
-
-#define ntfs_is_chkd_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, CHKD) )
-#define ntfs_is_chkd_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, CHKD) )
-
-#define ntfs_is_baad_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, BAAD) )
-#define ntfs_is_baad_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, BAAD) )
-
-#define ntfs_is_empty_record(x) ( ntfs_is_magic (x, empty) )
-#define ntfs_is_empty_recordp(p) ( ntfs_is_magicp(p, empty) )
-
-/*
- * The Update Sequence Array (usa) is an array of the le16 values which belong
- * to the end of each sector protected by the update sequence record in which
- * this array is contained. Note that the first entry is the Update Sequence
- * Number (usn), a cyclic counter of how many times the protected record has
- * been written to disk. The values 0 and -1 (ie. 0xffff) are not used. All
- * last le16's of each sector have to be equal to the usn (during reading) or
- * are set to it (during writing). If they are not, an incomplete multi sector
- * transfer has occurred when the data was written.
- * The maximum size for the update sequence array is fixed to:
- * maximum size = usa_ofs + (usa_count * 2) = 510 bytes
- * The 510 bytes comes from the fact that the last le16 in the array has to
- * (obviously) finish before the last le16 of the first 512-byte sector.
- * This formula can be used as a consistency check in that usa_ofs +
- * (usa_count * 2) has to be less than or equal to 510.
- */
-typedef struct {
- NTFS_RECORD_TYPE magic; /* A four-byte magic identifying the record
- type and/or status. */
- le16 usa_ofs; /* Offset to the Update Sequence Array (usa)
- from the start of the ntfs record. */
- le16 usa_count; /* Number of le16 sized entries in the usa
- including the Update Sequence Number (usn),
- thus the number of fixups is the usa_count
- minus 1. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) NTFS_RECORD;
-
-/*
- * System files mft record numbers. All these files are always marked as used
- * in the bitmap attribute of the mft; presumably in order to avoid accidental
- * allocation for random other mft records. Also, the sequence number for each
- * of the system files is always equal to their mft record number and it is
- * never modified.
- */
-typedef enum {
- FILE_MFT = 0, /* Master file table (mft). Data attribute
- contains the entries and bitmap attribute
- records which ones are in use (bit==1). */
- FILE_MFTMirr = 1, /* Mft mirror: copy of first four mft records
- in data attribute. If cluster size > 4kiB,
- copy of first N mft records, with
- N = cluster_size / mft_record_size. */
- FILE_LogFile = 2, /* Journalling log in data attribute. */
- FILE_Volume = 3, /* Volume name attribute and volume information
- attribute (flags and ntfs version). Windows
- refers to this file as volume DASD (Direct
- Access Storage Device). */
- FILE_AttrDef = 4, /* Array of attribute definitions in data
- attribute. */
- FILE_root = 5, /* Root directory. */
- FILE_Bitmap = 6, /* Allocation bitmap of all clusters (lcns) in
- data attribute. */
- FILE_Boot = 7, /* Boot sector (always at cluster 0) in data
- attribute. */
- FILE_BadClus = 8, /* Contains all bad clusters in the non-resident
- data attribute. */
- FILE_Secure = 9, /* Shared security descriptors in data attribute
- and two indexes into the descriptors.
- Appeared in Windows 2000. Before that, this
- file was named $Quota but was unused. */
- FILE_UpCase = 10, /* Uppercase equivalents of all 65536 Unicode
- characters in data attribute. */
- FILE_Extend = 11, /* Directory containing other system files (eg.
- $ObjId, $Quota, $Reparse and $UsnJrnl). This
- is new to NTFS3.0. */
- FILE_reserved12 = 12, /* Reserved for future use (records 12-15). */
- FILE_reserved13 = 13,
- FILE_reserved14 = 14,
- FILE_reserved15 = 15,
- FILE_first_user = 16, /* First user file, used as test limit for
- whether to allow opening a file or not. */
-} NTFS_SYSTEM_FILES;
-
-/*
- * These are the so far known MFT_RECORD_* flags (16-bit) which contain
- * information about the mft record in which they are present.
- */
-enum {
- MFT_RECORD_IN_USE = cpu_to_le16(0x0001),
- MFT_RECORD_IS_DIRECTORY = cpu_to_le16(0x0002),
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef le16 MFT_RECORD_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * mft references (aka file references or file record segment references) are
- * used whenever a structure needs to refer to a record in the mft.
- *
- * A reference consists of a 48-bit index into the mft and a 16-bit sequence
- * number used to detect stale references.
- *
- * For error reporting purposes we treat the 48-bit index as a signed quantity.
- *
- * The sequence number is a circular counter (skipping 0) describing how many
- * times the referenced mft record has been (re)used. This has to match the
- * sequence number of the mft record being referenced, otherwise the reference
- * is considered stale and removed (FIXME: only ntfsck or the driver itself?).
- *
- * If the sequence number is zero it is assumed that no sequence number
- * consistency checking should be performed.
- *
- * FIXME: Since inodes are 32-bit as of now, the driver needs to always check
- * for high_part being 0 and if not either BUG(), cause a panic() or handle
- * the situation in some other way. This shouldn't be a problem as a volume has
- * to become HUGE in order to need more than 32-bits worth of mft records.
- * Assuming the standard mft record size of 1kb only the records (never mind
- * the non-resident attributes, etc.) would require 4Tb of space on their own
- * for the first 32 bits worth of records. This is only if some strange person
- * doesn't decide to foul play and make the mft sparse which would be a really
- * horrible thing to do as it would trash our current driver implementation. )-:
- * Do I hear screams "we want 64-bit inodes!" ?!? (-;
- *
- * FIXME: The mft zone is defined as the first 12% of the volume. This space is
- * reserved so that the mft can grow contiguously and hence doesn't become
- * fragmented. Volume free space includes the empty part of the mft zone and
- * when the volume's free 88% are used up, the mft zone is shrunk by a factor
- * of 2, thus making more space available for more files/data. This process is
- * repeated every time there is no more free space except for the mft zone until
- * there really is no more free space.
- */
-
-/*
- * Typedef the MFT_REF as a 64-bit value for easier handling.
- * Also define two unpacking macros to get to the reference (MREF) and
- * sequence number (MSEQNO) respectively.
- * The _LE versions are to be applied on little endian MFT_REFs.
- * Note: The _LE versions will return a CPU endian formatted value!
- */
-#define MFT_REF_MASK_CPU 0x0000ffffffffffffULL
-#define MFT_REF_MASK_LE cpu_to_le64(MFT_REF_MASK_CPU)
-
-typedef u64 MFT_REF;
-typedef le64 leMFT_REF;
-
-#define MK_MREF(m, s) ((MFT_REF)(((MFT_REF)(s) << 48) | \
- ((MFT_REF)(m) & MFT_REF_MASK_CPU)))
-#define MK_LE_MREF(m, s) cpu_to_le64(MK_MREF(m, s))
-
-#define MREF(x) ((unsigned long)((x) & MFT_REF_MASK_CPU))
-#define MSEQNO(x) ((u16)(((x) >> 48) & 0xffff))
-#define MREF_LE(x) ((unsigned long)(le64_to_cpu(x) & MFT_REF_MASK_CPU))
-#define MSEQNO_LE(x) ((u16)((le64_to_cpu(x) >> 48) & 0xffff))
-
-#define IS_ERR_MREF(x) (((x) & 0x0000800000000000ULL) ? true : false)
-#define ERR_MREF(x) ((u64)((s64)(x)))
-#define MREF_ERR(x) ((int)((s64)(x)))
-
-/*
- * The mft record header present at the beginning of every record in the mft.
- * This is followed by a sequence of variable length attribute records which
- * is terminated by an attribute of type AT_END which is a truncated attribute
- * in that it only consists of the attribute type code AT_END and none of the
- * other members of the attribute structure are present.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0 NTFS_RECORD; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
- NTFS_RECORD_TYPE magic; /* Usually the magic is "FILE". */
- le16 usa_ofs; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition above. */
- le16 usa_count; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition above. */
-
-/* 8*/ le64 lsn; /* $LogFile sequence number for this record.
- Changed every time the record is modified. */
-/* 16*/ le16 sequence_number; /* Number of times this mft record has been
- reused. (See description for MFT_REF
- above.) NOTE: The increment (skipping zero)
- is done when the file is deleted. NOTE: If
- this is zero it is left zero. */
-/* 18*/ le16 link_count; /* Number of hard links, i.e. the number of
- directory entries referencing this record.
- NOTE: Only used in mft base records.
- NOTE: When deleting a directory entry we
- check the link_count and if it is 1 we
- delete the file. Otherwise we delete the
- FILE_NAME_ATTR being referenced by the
- directory entry from the mft record and
- decrement the link_count.
- FIXME: Careful with Win32 + DOS names! */
-/* 20*/ le16 attrs_offset; /* Byte offset to the first attribute in this
- mft record from the start of the mft record.
- NOTE: Must be aligned to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* 22*/ MFT_RECORD_FLAGS flags; /* Bit array of MFT_RECORD_FLAGS. When a file
- is deleted, the MFT_RECORD_IN_USE flag is
- set to zero. */
-/* 24*/ le32 bytes_in_use; /* Number of bytes used in this mft record.
- NOTE: Must be aligned to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* 28*/ le32 bytes_allocated; /* Number of bytes allocated for this mft
- record. This should be equal to the mft
- record size. */
-/* 32*/ leMFT_REF base_mft_record;/* This is zero for base mft records.
- When it is not zero it is a mft reference
- pointing to the base mft record to which
- this record belongs (this is then used to
- locate the attribute list attribute present
- in the base record which describes this
- extension record and hence might need
- modification when the extension record
- itself is modified, also locating the
- attribute list also means finding the other
- potential extents, belonging to the non-base
- mft record). */
-/* 40*/ le16 next_attr_instance;/* The instance number that will be assigned to
- the next attribute added to this mft record.
- NOTE: Incremented each time after it is used.
- NOTE: Every time the mft record is reused
- this number is set to zero. NOTE: The first
- instance number is always 0. */
-/* The below fields are specific to NTFS 3.1+ (Windows XP and above): */
-/* 42*/ le16 reserved; /* Reserved/alignment. */
-/* 44*/ le32 mft_record_number; /* Number of this mft record. */
-/* sizeof() = 48 bytes */
-/*
- * When (re)using the mft record, we place the update sequence array at this
- * offset, i.e. before we start with the attributes. This also makes sense,
- * otherwise we could run into problems with the update sequence array
- * containing in itself the last two bytes of a sector which would mean that
- * multi sector transfer protection wouldn't work. As you can't protect data
- * by overwriting it since you then can't get it back...
- * When reading we obviously use the data from the ntfs record header.
- */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) MFT_RECORD;
-
-/* This is the version without the NTFS 3.1+ specific fields. */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0 NTFS_RECORD; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
- NTFS_RECORD_TYPE magic; /* Usually the magic is "FILE". */
- le16 usa_ofs; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition above. */
- le16 usa_count; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition above. */
-
-/* 8*/ le64 lsn; /* $LogFile sequence number for this record.
- Changed every time the record is modified. */
-/* 16*/ le16 sequence_number; /* Number of times this mft record has been
- reused. (See description for MFT_REF
- above.) NOTE: The increment (skipping zero)
- is done when the file is deleted. NOTE: If
- this is zero it is left zero. */
-/* 18*/ le16 link_count; /* Number of hard links, i.e. the number of
- directory entries referencing this record.
- NOTE: Only used in mft base records.
- NOTE: When deleting a directory entry we
- check the link_count and if it is 1 we
- delete the file. Otherwise we delete the
- FILE_NAME_ATTR being referenced by the
- directory entry from the mft record and
- decrement the link_count.
- FIXME: Careful with Win32 + DOS names! */
-/* 20*/ le16 attrs_offset; /* Byte offset to the first attribute in this
- mft record from the start of the mft record.
- NOTE: Must be aligned to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* 22*/ MFT_RECORD_FLAGS flags; /* Bit array of MFT_RECORD_FLAGS. When a file
- is deleted, the MFT_RECORD_IN_USE flag is
- set to zero. */
-/* 24*/ le32 bytes_in_use; /* Number of bytes used in this mft record.
- NOTE: Must be aligned to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* 28*/ le32 bytes_allocated; /* Number of bytes allocated for this mft
- record. This should be equal to the mft
- record size. */
-/* 32*/ leMFT_REF base_mft_record;/* This is zero for base mft records.
- When it is not zero it is a mft reference
- pointing to the base mft record to which
- this record belongs (this is then used to
- locate the attribute list attribute present
- in the base record which describes this
- extension record and hence might need
- modification when the extension record
- itself is modified, also locating the
- attribute list also means finding the other
- potential extents, belonging to the non-base
- mft record). */
-/* 40*/ le16 next_attr_instance;/* The instance number that will be assigned to
- the next attribute added to this mft record.
- NOTE: Incremented each time after it is used.
- NOTE: Every time the mft record is reused
- this number is set to zero. NOTE: The first
- instance number is always 0. */
-/* sizeof() = 42 bytes */
-/*
- * When (re)using the mft record, we place the update sequence array at this
- * offset, i.e. before we start with the attributes. This also makes sense,
- * otherwise we could run into problems with the update sequence array
- * containing in itself the last two bytes of a sector which would mean that
- * multi sector transfer protection wouldn't work. As you can't protect data
- * by overwriting it since you then can't get it back...
- * When reading we obviously use the data from the ntfs record header.
- */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) MFT_RECORD_OLD;
-
-/*
- * System defined attributes (32-bit). Each attribute type has a corresponding
- * attribute name (Unicode string of maximum 64 character length) as described
- * by the attribute definitions present in the data attribute of the $AttrDef
- * system file. On NTFS 3.0 volumes the names are just as the types are named
- * in the below defines exchanging AT_ for the dollar sign ($). If that is not
- * a revealing choice of symbol I do not know what is... (-;
- */
-enum {
- AT_UNUSED = cpu_to_le32( 0),
- AT_STANDARD_INFORMATION = cpu_to_le32( 0x10),
- AT_ATTRIBUTE_LIST = cpu_to_le32( 0x20),
- AT_FILE_NAME = cpu_to_le32( 0x30),
- AT_OBJECT_ID = cpu_to_le32( 0x40),
- AT_SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR = cpu_to_le32( 0x50),
- AT_VOLUME_NAME = cpu_to_le32( 0x60),
- AT_VOLUME_INFORMATION = cpu_to_le32( 0x70),
- AT_DATA = cpu_to_le32( 0x80),
- AT_INDEX_ROOT = cpu_to_le32( 0x90),
- AT_INDEX_ALLOCATION = cpu_to_le32( 0xa0),
- AT_BITMAP = cpu_to_le32( 0xb0),
- AT_REPARSE_POINT = cpu_to_le32( 0xc0),
- AT_EA_INFORMATION = cpu_to_le32( 0xd0),
- AT_EA = cpu_to_le32( 0xe0),
- AT_PROPERTY_SET = cpu_to_le32( 0xf0),
- AT_LOGGED_UTILITY_STREAM = cpu_to_le32( 0x100),
- AT_FIRST_USER_DEFINED_ATTRIBUTE = cpu_to_le32( 0x1000),
- AT_END = cpu_to_le32(0xffffffff)
-};
-
-typedef le32 ATTR_TYPE;
-
-/*
- * The collation rules for sorting views/indexes/etc (32-bit).
- *
- * COLLATION_BINARY - Collate by binary compare where the first byte is most
- * significant.
- * COLLATION_UNICODE_STRING - Collate Unicode strings by comparing their binary
- * Unicode values, except that when a character can be uppercased, the
- * upper case value collates before the lower case one.
- * COLLATION_FILE_NAME - Collate file names as Unicode strings. The collation
- * is done very much like COLLATION_UNICODE_STRING. In fact I have no idea
- * what the difference is. Perhaps the difference is that file names
- * would treat some special characters in an odd way (see
- * unistr.c::ntfs_collate_names() and unistr.c::legal_ansi_char_array[]
- * for what I mean but COLLATION_UNICODE_STRING would not give any special
- * treatment to any characters at all, but this is speculation.
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG - Sorting is done according to ascending le32 key
- * values. E.g. used for $SII index in FILE_Secure, which sorts by
- * security_id (le32).
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_SID - Sorting is done according to ascending SID values.
- * E.g. used for $O index in FILE_Extend/$Quota.
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_SECURITY_HASH - Sorting is done first by ascending hash
- * values and second by ascending security_id values. E.g. used for $SDH
- * index in FILE_Secure.
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONGS - Sorting is done according to a sequence of ascending
- * le32 key values. E.g. used for $O index in FILE_Extend/$ObjId, which
- * sorts by object_id (16-byte), by splitting up the object_id in four
- * le32 values and using them as individual keys. E.g. take the following
- * two security_ids, stored as follows on disk:
- * 1st: a1 61 65 b7 65 7b d4 11 9e 3d 00 e0 81 10 42 59
- * 2nd: 38 14 37 d2 d2 f3 d4 11 a5 21 c8 6b 79 b1 97 45
- * To compare them, they are split into four le32 values each, like so:
- * 1st: 0xb76561a1 0x11d47b65 0xe0003d9e 0x59421081
- * 2nd: 0xd2371438 0x11d4f3d2 0x6bc821a5 0x4597b179
- * Now, it is apparent why the 2nd object_id collates after the 1st: the
- * first le32 value of the 1st object_id is less than the first le32 of
- * the 2nd object_id. If the first le32 values of both object_ids were
- * equal then the second le32 values would be compared, etc.
- */
-enum {
- COLLATION_BINARY = cpu_to_le32(0x00),
- COLLATION_FILE_NAME = cpu_to_le32(0x01),
- COLLATION_UNICODE_STRING = cpu_to_le32(0x02),
- COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG = cpu_to_le32(0x10),
- COLLATION_NTOFS_SID = cpu_to_le32(0x11),
- COLLATION_NTOFS_SECURITY_HASH = cpu_to_le32(0x12),
- COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONGS = cpu_to_le32(0x13),
-};
-
-typedef le32 COLLATION_RULE;
-
-/*
- * The flags (32-bit) describing attribute properties in the attribute
- * definition structure. FIXME: This information is based on Regis's
- * information and, according to him, it is not certain and probably
- * incomplete. The INDEXABLE flag is fairly certainly correct as only the file
- * name attribute has this flag set and this is the only attribute indexed in
- * NT4.
- */
-enum {
- ATTR_DEF_INDEXABLE = cpu_to_le32(0x02), /* Attribute can be
- indexed. */
- ATTR_DEF_MULTIPLE = cpu_to_le32(0x04), /* Attribute type
- can be present multiple times in the
- mft records of an inode. */
- ATTR_DEF_NOT_ZERO = cpu_to_le32(0x08), /* Attribute value
- must contain at least one non-zero
- byte. */
- ATTR_DEF_INDEXED_UNIQUE = cpu_to_le32(0x10), /* Attribute must be
- indexed and the attribute value must be
- unique for the attribute type in all of
- the mft records of an inode. */
- ATTR_DEF_NAMED_UNIQUE = cpu_to_le32(0x20), /* Attribute must be
- named and the name must be unique for
- the attribute type in all of the mft
- records of an inode. */
- ATTR_DEF_RESIDENT = cpu_to_le32(0x40), /* Attribute must be
- resident. */
- ATTR_DEF_ALWAYS_LOG = cpu_to_le32(0x80), /* Always log
- modifications to this attribute,
- regardless of whether it is resident or
- non-resident. Without this, only log
- modifications if the attribute is
- resident. */
-};
-
-typedef le32 ATTR_DEF_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * The data attribute of FILE_AttrDef contains a sequence of attribute
- * definitions for the NTFS volume. With this, it is supposed to be safe for an
- * older NTFS driver to mount a volume containing a newer NTFS version without
- * damaging it (that's the theory. In practice it's: not damaging it too much).
- * Entries are sorted by attribute type. The flags describe whether the
- * attribute can be resident/non-resident and possibly other things, but the
- * actual bits are unknown.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*hex ofs*/
-/* 0*/ ntfschar name[0x40]; /* Unicode name of the attribute. Zero
- terminated. */
-/* 80*/ ATTR_TYPE type; /* Type of the attribute. */
-/* 84*/ le32 display_rule; /* Default display rule.
- FIXME: What does it mean? (AIA) */
-/* 88*/ COLLATION_RULE collation_rule; /* Default collation rule. */
-/* 8c*/ ATTR_DEF_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing the attribute. */
-/* 90*/ sle64 min_size; /* Optional minimum attribute size. */
-/* 98*/ sle64 max_size; /* Maximum size of attribute. */
-/* sizeof() = 0xa0 or 160 bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ATTR_DEF;
-
-/*
- * Attribute flags (16-bit).
- */
-enum {
- ATTR_IS_COMPRESSED = cpu_to_le16(0x0001),
- ATTR_COMPRESSION_MASK = cpu_to_le16(0x00ff), /* Compression method
- mask. Also, first
- illegal value. */
- ATTR_IS_ENCRYPTED = cpu_to_le16(0x4000),
- ATTR_IS_SPARSE = cpu_to_le16(0x8000),
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef le16 ATTR_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * Attribute compression.
- *
- * Only the data attribute is ever compressed in the current ntfs driver in
- * Windows. Further, compression is only applied when the data attribute is
- * non-resident. Finally, to use compression, the maximum allowed cluster size
- * on a volume is 4kib.
- *
- * The compression method is based on independently compressing blocks of X
- * clusters, where X is determined from the compression_unit value found in the
- * non-resident attribute record header (more precisely: X = 2^compression_unit
- * clusters). On Windows NT/2k, X always is 16 clusters (compression_unit = 4).
- *
- * There are three different cases of how a compression block of X clusters
- * can be stored:
- *
- * 1) The data in the block is all zero (a sparse block):
- * This is stored as a sparse block in the runlist, i.e. the runlist
- * entry has length = X and lcn = -1. The mapping pairs array actually
- * uses a delta_lcn value length of 0, i.e. delta_lcn is not present at
- * all, which is then interpreted by the driver as lcn = -1.
- * NOTE: Even uncompressed files can be sparse on NTFS 3.0 volumes, then
- * the same principles apply as above, except that the length is not
- * restricted to being any particular value.
- *
- * 2) The data in the block is not compressed:
- * This happens when compression doesn't reduce the size of the block
- * in clusters. I.e. if compression has a small effect so that the
- * compressed data still occupies X clusters, then the uncompressed data
- * is stored in the block.
- * This case is recognised by the fact that the runlist entry has
- * length = X and lcn >= 0. The mapping pairs array stores this as
- * normal with a run length of X and some specific delta_lcn, i.e.
- * delta_lcn has to be present.
- *
- * 3) The data in the block is compressed:
- * The common case. This case is recognised by the fact that the run
- * list entry has length L < X and lcn >= 0. The mapping pairs array
- * stores this as normal with a run length of X and some specific
- * delta_lcn, i.e. delta_lcn has to be present. This runlist entry is
- * immediately followed by a sparse entry with length = X - L and
- * lcn = -1. The latter entry is to make up the vcn counting to the
- * full compression block size X.
- *
- * In fact, life is more complicated because adjacent entries of the same type
- * can be coalesced. This means that one has to keep track of the number of
- * clusters handled and work on a basis of X clusters at a time being one
- * block. An example: if length L > X this means that this particular runlist
- * entry contains a block of length X and part of one or more blocks of length
- * L - X. Another example: if length L < X, this does not necessarily mean that
- * the block is compressed as it might be that the lcn changes inside the block
- * and hence the following runlist entry describes the continuation of the
- * potentially compressed block. The block would be compressed if the
- * following runlist entry describes at least X - L sparse clusters, thus
- * making up the compression block length as described in point 3 above. (Of
- * course, there can be several runlist entries with small lengths so that the
- * sparse entry does not follow the first data containing entry with
- * length < X.)
- *
- * NOTE: At the end of the compressed attribute value, there most likely is not
- * just the right amount of data to make up a compression block, thus this data
- * is not even attempted to be compressed. It is just stored as is, unless
- * the number of clusters it occupies is reduced when compressed in which case
- * it is stored as a compressed compression block, complete with sparse
- * clusters at the end.
- */
-
-/*
- * Flags of resident attributes (8-bit).
- */
-enum {
- RESIDENT_ATTR_IS_INDEXED = 0x01, /* Attribute is referenced in an index
- (has implications for deleting and
- modifying the attribute). */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef u8 RESIDENT_ATTR_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * Attribute record header. Always aligned to 8-byte boundary.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/ ATTR_TYPE type; /* The (32-bit) type of the attribute. */
-/* 4*/ le32 length; /* Byte size of the resident part of the
- attribute (aligned to 8-byte boundary).
- Used to get to the next attribute. */
-/* 8*/ u8 non_resident; /* If 0, attribute is resident.
- If 1, attribute is non-resident. */
-/* 9*/ u8 name_length; /* Unicode character size of name of attribute.
- 0 if unnamed. */
-/* 10*/ le16 name_offset; /* If name_length != 0, the byte offset to the
- beginning of the name from the attribute
- record. Note that the name is stored as a
- Unicode string. When creating, place offset
- just at the end of the record header. Then,
- follow with attribute value or mapping pairs
- array, resident and non-resident attributes
- respectively, aligning to an 8-byte
- boundary. */
-/* 12*/ ATTR_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing the attribute. */
-/* 14*/ le16 instance; /* The instance of this attribute record. This
- number is unique within this mft record (see
- MFT_RECORD/next_attribute_instance notes in
- mft.h for more details). */
-/* 16*/ union {
- /* Resident attributes. */
- struct {
-/* 16 */ le32 value_length;/* Byte size of attribute value. */
-/* 20 */ le16 value_offset;/* Byte offset of the attribute
- value from the start of the
- attribute record. When creating,
- align to 8-byte boundary if we
- have a name present as this might
- not have a length of a multiple
- of 8-bytes. */
-/* 22 */ RESIDENT_ATTR_FLAGS flags; /* See above. */
-/* 23 */ s8 reserved; /* Reserved/alignment to 8-byte
- boundary. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) resident;
- /* Non-resident attributes. */
- struct {
-/* 16*/ leVCN lowest_vcn;/* Lowest valid virtual cluster number
- for this portion of the attribute value or
- 0 if this is the only extent (usually the
- case). - Only when an attribute list is used
- does lowest_vcn != 0 ever occur. */
-/* 24*/ leVCN highest_vcn;/* Highest valid vcn of this extent of
- the attribute value. - Usually there is only one
- portion, so this usually equals the attribute
- value size in clusters minus 1. Can be -1 for
- zero length files. Can be 0 for "single extent"
- attributes. */
-/* 32*/ le16 mapping_pairs_offset; /* Byte offset from the
- beginning of the structure to the mapping pairs
- array which contains the mappings between the
- vcns and the logical cluster numbers (lcns).
- When creating, place this at the end of this
- record header aligned to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* 34*/ u8 compression_unit; /* The compression unit expressed
- as the log to the base 2 of the number of
- clusters in a compression unit. 0 means not
- compressed. (This effectively limits the
- compression unit size to be a power of two
- clusters.) WinNT4 only uses a value of 4.
- Sparse files have this set to 0 on XPSP2. */
-/* 35*/ u8 reserved[5]; /* Align to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* The sizes below are only used when lowest_vcn is zero, as otherwise it would
- be difficult to keep them up-to-date.*/
-/* 40*/ sle64 allocated_size; /* Byte size of disk space
- allocated to hold the attribute value. Always
- is a multiple of the cluster size. When a file
- is compressed, this field is a multiple of the
- compression block size (2^compression_unit) and
- it represents the logically allocated space
- rather than the actual on disk usage. For this
- use the compressed_size (see below). */
-/* 48*/ sle64 data_size; /* Byte size of the attribute
- value. Can be larger than allocated_size if
- attribute value is compressed or sparse. */
-/* 56*/ sle64 initialized_size; /* Byte size of initialized
- portion of the attribute value. Usually equals
- data_size. */
-/* sizeof(uncompressed attr) = 64*/
-/* 64*/ sle64 compressed_size; /* Byte size of the attribute
- value after compression. Only present when
- compressed or sparse. Always is a multiple of
- the cluster size. Represents the actual amount
- of disk space being used on the disk. */
-/* sizeof(compressed attr) = 72*/
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) non_resident;
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) data;
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ATTR_RECORD;
-
-typedef ATTR_RECORD ATTR_REC;
-
-/*
- * File attribute flags (32-bit) appearing in the file_attributes fields of the
- * STANDARD_INFORMATION attribute of MFT_RECORDs and the FILENAME_ATTR
- * attributes of MFT_RECORDs and directory index entries.
- *
- * All of the below flags appear in the directory index entries but only some
- * appear in the STANDARD_INFORMATION attribute whilst only some others appear
- * in the FILENAME_ATTR attribute of MFT_RECORDs. Unless otherwise stated the
- * flags appear in all of the above.
- */
-enum {
- FILE_ATTR_READONLY = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
- FILE_ATTR_HIDDEN = cpu_to_le32(0x00000002),
- FILE_ATTR_SYSTEM = cpu_to_le32(0x00000004),
- /* Old DOS volid. Unused in NT. = cpu_to_le32(0x00000008), */
-
- FILE_ATTR_DIRECTORY = cpu_to_le32(0x00000010),
- /* Note, FILE_ATTR_DIRECTORY is not considered valid in NT. It is
- reserved for the DOS SUBDIRECTORY flag. */
- FILE_ATTR_ARCHIVE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000020),
- FILE_ATTR_DEVICE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000040),
- FILE_ATTR_NORMAL = cpu_to_le32(0x00000080),
-
- FILE_ATTR_TEMPORARY = cpu_to_le32(0x00000100),
- FILE_ATTR_SPARSE_FILE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000200),
- FILE_ATTR_REPARSE_POINT = cpu_to_le32(0x00000400),
- FILE_ATTR_COMPRESSED = cpu_to_le32(0x00000800),
-
- FILE_ATTR_OFFLINE = cpu_to_le32(0x00001000),
- FILE_ATTR_NOT_CONTENT_INDEXED = cpu_to_le32(0x00002000),
- FILE_ATTR_ENCRYPTED = cpu_to_le32(0x00004000),
-
- FILE_ATTR_VALID_FLAGS = cpu_to_le32(0x00007fb7),
- /* Note, FILE_ATTR_VALID_FLAGS masks out the old DOS VolId and the
- FILE_ATTR_DEVICE and preserves everything else. This mask is used
- to obtain all flags that are valid for reading. */
- FILE_ATTR_VALID_SET_FLAGS = cpu_to_le32(0x000031a7),
- /* Note, FILE_ATTR_VALID_SET_FLAGS masks out the old DOS VolId, the
- F_A_DEVICE, F_A_DIRECTORY, F_A_SPARSE_FILE, F_A_REPARSE_POINT,
- F_A_COMPRESSED, and F_A_ENCRYPTED and preserves the rest. This mask
- is used to obtain all flags that are valid for setting. */
- /*
- * The flag FILE_ATTR_DUP_FILENAME_INDEX_PRESENT is present in all
- * FILENAME_ATTR attributes but not in the STANDARD_INFORMATION
- * attribute of an mft record.
- */
- FILE_ATTR_DUP_FILE_NAME_INDEX_PRESENT = cpu_to_le32(0x10000000),
- /* Note, this is a copy of the corresponding bit from the mft record,
- telling us whether this is a directory or not, i.e. whether it has
- an index root attribute or not. */
- FILE_ATTR_DUP_VIEW_INDEX_PRESENT = cpu_to_le32(0x20000000),
- /* Note, this is a copy of the corresponding bit from the mft record,
- telling us whether this file has a view index present (eg. object id
- index, quota index, one of the security indexes or the encrypting
- filesystem related indexes). */
-};
-
-typedef le32 FILE_ATTR_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * NOTE on times in NTFS: All times are in MS standard time format, i.e. they
- * are the number of 100-nanosecond intervals since 1st January 1601, 00:00:00
- * universal coordinated time (UTC). (In Linux time starts 1st January 1970,
- * 00:00:00 UTC and is stored as the number of 1-second intervals since then.)
- */
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Standard information (0x10).
- *
- * NOTE: Always resident.
- * NOTE: Present in all base file records on a volume.
- * NOTE: There is conflicting information about the meaning of each of the time
- * fields but the meaning as defined below has been verified to be
- * correct by practical experimentation on Windows NT4 SP6a and is hence
- * assumed to be the one and only correct interpretation.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/ sle64 creation_time; /* Time file was created. Updated when
- a filename is changed(?). */
-/* 8*/ sle64 last_data_change_time; /* Time the data attribute was last
- modified. */
-/* 16*/ sle64 last_mft_change_time; /* Time this mft record was last
- modified. */
-/* 24*/ sle64 last_access_time; /* Approximate time when the file was
- last accessed (obviously this is not
- updated on read-only volumes). In
- Windows this is only updated when
- accessed if some time delta has
- passed since the last update. Also,
- last access time updates can be
- disabled altogether for speed. */
-/* 32*/ FILE_ATTR_FLAGS file_attributes; /* Flags describing the file. */
-/* 36*/ union {
- /* NTFS 1.2 */
- struct {
- /* 36*/ u8 reserved12[12]; /* Reserved/alignment to 8-byte
- boundary. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) v1;
- /* sizeof() = 48 bytes */
- /* NTFS 3.x */
- struct {
-/*
- * If a volume has been upgraded from a previous NTFS version, then these
- * fields are present only if the file has been accessed since the upgrade.
- * Recognize the difference by comparing the length of the resident attribute
- * value. If it is 48, then the following fields are missing. If it is 72 then
- * the fields are present. Maybe just check like this:
- * if (resident.ValueLength < sizeof(STANDARD_INFORMATION)) {
- * Assume NTFS 1.2- format.
- * If (volume version is 3.x)
- * Upgrade attribute to NTFS 3.x format.
- * else
- * Use NTFS 1.2- format for access.
- * } else
- * Use NTFS 3.x format for access.
- * Only problem is that it might be legal to set the length of the value to
- * arbitrarily large values thus spoiling this check. - But chkdsk probably
- * views that as a corruption, assuming that it behaves like this for all
- * attributes.
- */
- /* 36*/ le32 maximum_versions; /* Maximum allowed versions for
- file. Zero if version numbering is disabled. */
- /* 40*/ le32 version_number; /* This file's version (if any).
- Set to zero if maximum_versions is zero. */
- /* 44*/ le32 class_id; /* Class id from bidirectional
- class id index (?). */
- /* 48*/ le32 owner_id; /* Owner_id of the user owning
- the file. Translate via $Q index in FILE_Extend
- /$Quota to the quota control entry for the user
- owning the file. Zero if quotas are disabled. */
- /* 52*/ le32 security_id; /* Security_id for the file.
- Translate via $SII index and $SDS data stream
- in FILE_Secure to the security descriptor. */
- /* 56*/ le64 quota_charged; /* Byte size of the charge to
- the quota for all streams of the file. Note: Is
- zero if quotas are disabled. */
- /* 64*/ leUSN usn; /* Last update sequence number
- of the file. This is a direct index into the
- transaction log file ($UsnJrnl). It is zero if
- the usn journal is disabled or this file has
- not been subject to logging yet. See usnjrnl.h
- for details. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) v3;
- /* sizeof() = 72 bytes (NTFS 3.x) */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ver;
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) STANDARD_INFORMATION;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Attribute list (0x20).
- *
- * - Can be either resident or non-resident.
- * - Value consists of a sequence of variable length, 8-byte aligned,
- * ATTR_LIST_ENTRY records.
- * - The list is not terminated by anything at all! The only way to know when
- * the end is reached is to keep track of the current offset and compare it to
- * the attribute value size.
- * - The attribute list attribute contains one entry for each attribute of
- * the file in which the list is located, except for the list attribute
- * itself. The list is sorted: first by attribute type, second by attribute
- * name (if present), third by instance number. The extents of one
- * non-resident attribute (if present) immediately follow after the initial
- * extent. They are ordered by lowest_vcn and have their instace set to zero.
- * It is not allowed to have two attributes with all sorting keys equal.
- * - Further restrictions:
- * - If not resident, the vcn to lcn mapping array has to fit inside the
- * base mft record.
- * - The attribute list attribute value has a maximum size of 256kb. This
- * is imposed by the Windows cache manager.
- * - Attribute lists are only used when the attributes of mft record do not
- * fit inside the mft record despite all attributes (that can be made
- * non-resident) having been made non-resident. This can happen e.g. when:
- * - File has a large number of hard links (lots of file name
- * attributes present).
- * - The mapping pairs array of some non-resident attribute becomes so
- * large due to fragmentation that it overflows the mft record.
- * - The security descriptor is very complex (not applicable to
- * NTFS 3.0 volumes).
- * - There are many named streams.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/ ATTR_TYPE type; /* Type of referenced attribute. */
-/* 4*/ le16 length; /* Byte size of this entry (8-byte aligned). */
-/* 6*/ u8 name_length; /* Size in Unicode chars of the name of the
- attribute or 0 if unnamed. */
-/* 7*/ u8 name_offset; /* Byte offset to beginning of attribute name
- (always set this to where the name would
- start even if unnamed). */
-/* 8*/ leVCN lowest_vcn; /* Lowest virtual cluster number of this portion
- of the attribute value. This is usually 0. It
- is non-zero for the case where one attribute
- does not fit into one mft record and thus
- several mft records are allocated to hold
- this attribute. In the latter case, each mft
- record holds one extent of the attribute and
- there is one attribute list entry for each
- extent. NOTE: This is DEFINITELY a signed
- value! The windows driver uses cmp, followed
- by jg when comparing this, thus it treats it
- as signed. */
-/* 16*/ leMFT_REF mft_reference;/* The reference of the mft record holding
- the ATTR_RECORD for this portion of the
- attribute value. */
-/* 24*/ le16 instance; /* If lowest_vcn = 0, the instance of the
- attribute being referenced; otherwise 0. */
-/* 26*/ ntfschar name[0]; /* Use when creating only. When reading use
- name_offset to determine the location of the
- name. */
-/* sizeof() = 26 + (attribute_name_length * 2) bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ATTR_LIST_ENTRY;
-
-/*
- * The maximum allowed length for a file name.
- */
-#define MAXIMUM_FILE_NAME_LENGTH 255
-
-/*
- * Possible namespaces for filenames in ntfs (8-bit).
- */
-enum {
- FILE_NAME_POSIX = 0x00,
- /* This is the largest namespace. It is case sensitive and allows all
- Unicode characters except for: '\0' and '/'. Beware that in
- WinNT/2k/2003 by default files which eg have the same name except
- for their case will not be distinguished by the standard utilities
- and thus a "del filename" will delete both "filename" and "fileName"
- without warning. However if for example Services For Unix (SFU) are
- installed and the case sensitive option was enabled at installation
- time, then you can create/access/delete such files.
- Note that even SFU places restrictions on the filenames beyond the
- '\0' and '/' and in particular the following set of characters is
- not allowed: '"', '/', '<', '>', '\'. All other characters,
- including the ones no allowed in WIN32 namespace are allowed.
- Tested with SFU 3.5 (this is now free) running on Windows XP. */
- FILE_NAME_WIN32 = 0x01,
- /* The standard WinNT/2k NTFS long filenames. Case insensitive. All
- Unicode chars except: '\0', '"', '*', '/', ':', '<', '>', '?', '\',
- and '|'. Further, names cannot end with a '.' or a space. */
- FILE_NAME_DOS = 0x02,
- /* The standard DOS filenames (8.3 format). Uppercase only. All 8-bit
- characters greater space, except: '"', '*', '+', ',', '/', ':', ';',
- '<', '=', '>', '?', and '\'. */
- FILE_NAME_WIN32_AND_DOS = 0x03,
- /* 3 means that both the Win32 and the DOS filenames are identical and
- hence have been saved in this single filename record. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef u8 FILE_NAME_TYPE_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Filename (0x30).
- *
- * NOTE: Always resident.
- * NOTE: All fields, except the parent_directory, are only updated when the
- * filename is changed. Until then, they just become out of sync with
- * reality and the more up to date values are present in the standard
- * information attribute.
- * NOTE: There is conflicting information about the meaning of each of the time
- * fields but the meaning as defined below has been verified to be
- * correct by practical experimentation on Windows NT4 SP6a and is hence
- * assumed to be the one and only correct interpretation.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*hex ofs*/
-/* 0*/ leMFT_REF parent_directory; /* Directory this filename is
- referenced from. */
-/* 8*/ sle64 creation_time; /* Time file was created. */
-/* 10*/ sle64 last_data_change_time; /* Time the data attribute was last
- modified. */
-/* 18*/ sle64 last_mft_change_time; /* Time this mft record was last
- modified. */
-/* 20*/ sle64 last_access_time; /* Time this mft record was last
- accessed. */
-/* 28*/ sle64 allocated_size; /* Byte size of on-disk allocated space
- for the unnamed data attribute. So
- for normal $DATA, this is the
- allocated_size from the unnamed
- $DATA attribute and for compressed
- and/or sparse $DATA, this is the
- compressed_size from the unnamed
- $DATA attribute. For a directory or
- other inode without an unnamed $DATA
- attribute, this is always 0. NOTE:
- This is a multiple of the cluster
- size. */
-/* 30*/ sle64 data_size; /* Byte size of actual data in unnamed
- data attribute. For a directory or
- other inode without an unnamed $DATA
- attribute, this is always 0. */
-/* 38*/ FILE_ATTR_FLAGS file_attributes; /* Flags describing the file. */
-/* 3c*/ union {
- /* 3c*/ struct {
- /* 3c*/ le16 packed_ea_size; /* Size of the buffer needed to
- pack the extended attributes
- (EAs), if such are present.*/
- /* 3e*/ le16 reserved; /* Reserved for alignment. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ea;
- /* 3c*/ struct {
- /* 3c*/ le32 reparse_point_tag; /* Type of reparse point,
- present only in reparse
- points and only if there are
- no EAs. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) rp;
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) type;
-/* 40*/ u8 file_name_length; /* Length of file name in
- (Unicode) characters. */
-/* 41*/ FILE_NAME_TYPE_FLAGS file_name_type; /* Namespace of the file name.*/
-/* 42*/ ntfschar file_name[0]; /* File name in Unicode. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) FILE_NAME_ATTR;
-
-/*
- * GUID structures store globally unique identifiers (GUID). A GUID is a
- * 128-bit value consisting of one group of eight hexadecimal digits, followed
- * by three groups of four hexadecimal digits each, followed by one group of
- * twelve hexadecimal digits. GUIDs are Microsoft's implementation of the
- * distributed computing environment (DCE) universally unique identifier (UUID).
- * Example of a GUID:
- * 1F010768-5A73-BC91-0010A52216A7
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 data1; /* The first eight hexadecimal digits of the GUID. */
- le16 data2; /* The first group of four hexadecimal digits. */
- le16 data3; /* The second group of four hexadecimal digits. */
- u8 data4[8]; /* The first two bytes are the third group of four
- hexadecimal digits. The remaining six bytes are the
- final 12 hexadecimal digits. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) GUID;
-
-/*
- * FILE_Extend/$ObjId contains an index named $O. This index contains all
- * object_ids present on the volume as the index keys and the corresponding
- * mft_record numbers as the index entry data parts. The data part (defined
- * below) also contains three other object_ids:
- * birth_volume_id - object_id of FILE_Volume on which the file was first
- * created. Optional (i.e. can be zero).
- * birth_object_id - object_id of file when it was first created. Usually
- * equals the object_id. Optional (i.e. can be zero).
- * domain_id - Reserved (always zero).
- */
-typedef struct {
- leMFT_REF mft_reference;/* Mft record containing the object_id in
- the index entry key. */
- union {
- struct {
- GUID birth_volume_id;
- GUID birth_object_id;
- GUID domain_id;
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) origin;
- u8 extended_info[48];
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) opt;
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) OBJ_ID_INDEX_DATA;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Object id (NTFS 3.0+) (0x40).
- *
- * NOTE: Always resident.
- */
-typedef struct {
- GUID object_id; /* Unique id assigned to the
- file.*/
- /* The following fields are optional. The attribute value size is 16
- bytes, i.e. sizeof(GUID), if these are not present at all. Note,
- the entries can be present but one or more (or all) can be zero
- meaning that that particular value(s) is(are) not defined. */
- union {
- struct {
- GUID birth_volume_id; /* Unique id of volume on which
- the file was first created.*/
- GUID birth_object_id; /* Unique id of file when it was
- first created. */
- GUID domain_id; /* Reserved, zero. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) origin;
- u8 extended_info[48];
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) opt;
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) OBJECT_ID_ATTR;
-
-/*
- * The pre-defined IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITIES used as SID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY in
- * the SID structure (see below).
- */
-//typedef enum { /* SID string prefix. */
-// SECURITY_NULL_SID_AUTHORITY = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, /* S-1-0 */
-// SECURITY_WORLD_SID_AUTHORITY = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1}, /* S-1-1 */
-// SECURITY_LOCAL_SID_AUTHORITY = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2}, /* S-1-2 */
-// SECURITY_CREATOR_SID_AUTHORITY = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3}, /* S-1-3 */
-// SECURITY_NON_UNIQUE_AUTHORITY = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 4}, /* S-1-4 */
-// SECURITY_NT_SID_AUTHORITY = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 5}, /* S-1-5 */
-//} IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITIES;
-
-/*
- * These relative identifiers (RIDs) are used with the above identifier
- * authorities to make up universal well-known SIDs.
- *
- * Note: The relative identifier (RID) refers to the portion of a SID, which
- * identifies a user or group in relation to the authority that issued the SID.
- * For example, the universal well-known SID Creator Owner ID (S-1-3-0) is
- * made up of the identifier authority SECURITY_CREATOR_SID_AUTHORITY (3) and
- * the relative identifier SECURITY_CREATOR_OWNER_RID (0).
- */
-typedef enum { /* Identifier authority. */
- SECURITY_NULL_RID = 0, /* S-1-0 */
- SECURITY_WORLD_RID = 0, /* S-1-1 */
- SECURITY_LOCAL_RID = 0, /* S-1-2 */
-
- SECURITY_CREATOR_OWNER_RID = 0, /* S-1-3 */
- SECURITY_CREATOR_GROUP_RID = 1, /* S-1-3 */
-
- SECURITY_CREATOR_OWNER_SERVER_RID = 2, /* S-1-3 */
- SECURITY_CREATOR_GROUP_SERVER_RID = 3, /* S-1-3 */
-
- SECURITY_DIALUP_RID = 1,
- SECURITY_NETWORK_RID = 2,
- SECURITY_BATCH_RID = 3,
- SECURITY_INTERACTIVE_RID = 4,
- SECURITY_SERVICE_RID = 6,
- SECURITY_ANONYMOUS_LOGON_RID = 7,
- SECURITY_PROXY_RID = 8,
- SECURITY_ENTERPRISE_CONTROLLERS_RID=9,
- SECURITY_SERVER_LOGON_RID = 9,
- SECURITY_PRINCIPAL_SELF_RID = 0xa,
- SECURITY_AUTHENTICATED_USER_RID = 0xb,
- SECURITY_RESTRICTED_CODE_RID = 0xc,
- SECURITY_TERMINAL_SERVER_RID = 0xd,
-
- SECURITY_LOGON_IDS_RID = 5,
- SECURITY_LOGON_IDS_RID_COUNT = 3,
-
- SECURITY_LOCAL_SYSTEM_RID = 0x12,
-
- SECURITY_NT_NON_UNIQUE = 0x15,
-
- SECURITY_BUILTIN_DOMAIN_RID = 0x20,
-
- /*
- * Well-known domain relative sub-authority values (RIDs).
- */
-
- /* Users. */
- DOMAIN_USER_RID_ADMIN = 0x1f4,
- DOMAIN_USER_RID_GUEST = 0x1f5,
- DOMAIN_USER_RID_KRBTGT = 0x1f6,
-
- /* Groups. */
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_ADMINS = 0x200,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_USERS = 0x201,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_GUESTS = 0x202,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_COMPUTERS = 0x203,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_CONTROLLERS = 0x204,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_CERT_ADMINS = 0x205,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_SCHEMA_ADMINS = 0x206,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_ENTERPRISE_ADMINS= 0x207,
- DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_POLICY_ADMINS = 0x208,
-
- /* Aliases. */
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ADMINS = 0x220,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_USERS = 0x221,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_GUESTS = 0x222,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_POWER_USERS = 0x223,
-
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ACCOUNT_OPS = 0x224,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_SYSTEM_OPS = 0x225,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_PRINT_OPS = 0x226,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_BACKUP_OPS = 0x227,
-
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_REPLICATOR = 0x228,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_RAS_SERVERS = 0x229,
- DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_PREW2KCOMPACCESS = 0x22a,
-} RELATIVE_IDENTIFIERS;
-
-/*
- * The universal well-known SIDs:
- *
- * NULL_SID S-1-0-0
- * WORLD_SID S-1-1-0
- * LOCAL_SID S-1-2-0
- * CREATOR_OWNER_SID S-1-3-0
- * CREATOR_GROUP_SID S-1-3-1
- * CREATOR_OWNER_SERVER_SID S-1-3-2
- * CREATOR_GROUP_SERVER_SID S-1-3-3
- *
- * (Non-unique IDs) S-1-4
- *
- * NT well-known SIDs:
- *
- * NT_AUTHORITY_SID S-1-5
- * DIALUP_SID S-1-5-1
- *
- * NETWORD_SID S-1-5-2
- * BATCH_SID S-1-5-3
- * INTERACTIVE_SID S-1-5-4
- * SERVICE_SID S-1-5-6
- * ANONYMOUS_LOGON_SID S-1-5-7 (aka null logon session)
- * PROXY_SID S-1-5-8
- * SERVER_LOGON_SID S-1-5-9 (aka domain controller account)
- * SELF_SID S-1-5-10 (self RID)
- * AUTHENTICATED_USER_SID S-1-5-11
- * RESTRICTED_CODE_SID S-1-5-12 (running restricted code)
- * TERMINAL_SERVER_SID S-1-5-13 (running on terminal server)
- *
- * (Logon IDs) S-1-5-5-X-Y
- *
- * (NT non-unique IDs) S-1-5-0x15-...
- *
- * (Built-in domain) S-1-5-0x20
- */
-
-/*
- * The SID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY is a 48-bit value used in the SID structure.
- *
- * NOTE: This is stored as a big endian number, hence the high_part comes
- * before the low_part.
- */
-typedef union {
- struct {
- u16 high_part; /* High 16-bits. */
- u32 low_part; /* Low 32-bits. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) parts;
- u8 value[6]; /* Value as individual bytes. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY;
-
-/*
- * The SID structure is a variable-length structure used to uniquely identify
- * users or groups. SID stands for security identifier.
- *
- * The standard textual representation of the SID is of the form:
- * S-R-I-S-S...
- * Where:
- * - The first "S" is the literal character 'S' identifying the following
- * digits as a SID.
- * - R is the revision level of the SID expressed as a sequence of digits
- * either in decimal or hexadecimal (if the later, prefixed by "0x").
- * - I is the 48-bit identifier_authority, expressed as digits as R above.
- * - S... is one or more sub_authority values, expressed as digits as above.
- *
- * Example SID; the domain-relative SID of the local Administrators group on
- * Windows NT/2k:
- * S-1-5-32-544
- * This translates to a SID with:
- * revision = 1,
- * sub_authority_count = 2,
- * identifier_authority = {0,0,0,0,0,5}, // SECURITY_NT_AUTHORITY
- * sub_authority[0] = 32, // SECURITY_BUILTIN_DOMAIN_RID
- * sub_authority[1] = 544 // DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ADMINS
- */
-typedef struct {
- u8 revision;
- u8 sub_authority_count;
- SID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY identifier_authority;
- le32 sub_authority[1]; /* At least one sub_authority. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SID;
-
-/*
- * Current constants for SIDs.
- */
-typedef enum {
- SID_REVISION = 1, /* Current revision level. */
- SID_MAX_SUB_AUTHORITIES = 15, /* Maximum number of those. */
- SID_RECOMMENDED_SUB_AUTHORITIES = 1, /* Will change to around 6 in
- a future revision. */
-} SID_CONSTANTS;
-
-/*
- * The predefined ACE types (8-bit, see below).
- */
-enum {
- ACCESS_MIN_MS_ACE_TYPE = 0,
- ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE = 0,
- ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE = 1,
- SYSTEM_AUDIT_ACE_TYPE = 2,
- SYSTEM_ALARM_ACE_TYPE = 3, /* Not implemented as of Win2k. */
- ACCESS_MAX_MS_V2_ACE_TYPE = 3,
-
- ACCESS_ALLOWED_COMPOUND_ACE_TYPE= 4,
- ACCESS_MAX_MS_V3_ACE_TYPE = 4,
-
- /* The following are Win2k only. */
- ACCESS_MIN_MS_OBJECT_ACE_TYPE = 5,
- ACCESS_ALLOWED_OBJECT_ACE_TYPE = 5,
- ACCESS_DENIED_OBJECT_ACE_TYPE = 6,
- SYSTEM_AUDIT_OBJECT_ACE_TYPE = 7,
- SYSTEM_ALARM_OBJECT_ACE_TYPE = 8,
- ACCESS_MAX_MS_OBJECT_ACE_TYPE = 8,
-
- ACCESS_MAX_MS_V4_ACE_TYPE = 8,
-
- /* This one is for WinNT/2k. */
- ACCESS_MAX_MS_ACE_TYPE = 8,
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef u8 ACE_TYPES;
-
-/*
- * The ACE flags (8-bit) for audit and inheritance (see below).
- *
- * SUCCESSFUL_ACCESS_ACE_FLAG is only used with system audit and alarm ACE
- * types to indicate that a message is generated (in Windows!) for successful
- * accesses.
- *
- * FAILED_ACCESS_ACE_FLAG is only used with system audit and alarm ACE types
- * to indicate that a message is generated (in Windows!) for failed accesses.
- */
-enum {
- /* The inheritance flags. */
- OBJECT_INHERIT_ACE = 0x01,
- CONTAINER_INHERIT_ACE = 0x02,
- NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT_ACE = 0x04,
- INHERIT_ONLY_ACE = 0x08,
- INHERITED_ACE = 0x10, /* Win2k only. */
- VALID_INHERIT_FLAGS = 0x1f,
-
- /* The audit flags. */
- SUCCESSFUL_ACCESS_ACE_FLAG = 0x40,
- FAILED_ACCESS_ACE_FLAG = 0x80,
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef u8 ACE_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * An ACE is an access-control entry in an access-control list (ACL).
- * An ACE defines access to an object for a specific user or group or defines
- * the types of access that generate system-administration messages or alarms
- * for a specific user or group. The user or group is identified by a security
- * identifier (SID).
- *
- * Each ACE starts with an ACE_HEADER structure (aligned on 4-byte boundary),
- * which specifies the type and size of the ACE. The format of the subsequent
- * data depends on the ACE type.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/ ACE_TYPES type; /* Type of the ACE. */
-/* 1*/ ACE_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing the ACE. */
-/* 2*/ le16 size; /* Size in bytes of the ACE. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ACE_HEADER;
-
-/*
- * The access mask (32-bit). Defines the access rights.
- *
- * The specific rights (bits 0 to 15). These depend on the type of the object
- * being secured by the ACE.
- */
-enum {
- /* Specific rights for files and directories are as follows: */
-
- /* Right to read data from the file. (FILE) */
- FILE_READ_DATA = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
- /* Right to list contents of a directory. (DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_LIST_DIRECTORY = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
-
- /* Right to write data to the file. (FILE) */
- FILE_WRITE_DATA = cpu_to_le32(0x00000002),
- /* Right to create a file in the directory. (DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_ADD_FILE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000002),
-
- /* Right to append data to the file. (FILE) */
- FILE_APPEND_DATA = cpu_to_le32(0x00000004),
- /* Right to create a subdirectory. (DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY = cpu_to_le32(0x00000004),
-
- /* Right to read extended attributes. (FILE/DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_READ_EA = cpu_to_le32(0x00000008),
-
- /* Right to write extended attributes. (FILE/DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_WRITE_EA = cpu_to_le32(0x00000010),
-
- /* Right to execute a file. (FILE) */
- FILE_EXECUTE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000020),
- /* Right to traverse the directory. (DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_TRAVERSE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000020),
-
- /*
- * Right to delete a directory and all the files it contains (its
- * children), even if the files are read-only. (DIRECTORY)
- */
- FILE_DELETE_CHILD = cpu_to_le32(0x00000040),
-
- /* Right to read file attributes. (FILE/DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES = cpu_to_le32(0x00000080),
-
- /* Right to change file attributes. (FILE/DIRECTORY) */
- FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES = cpu_to_le32(0x00000100),
-
- /*
- * The standard rights (bits 16 to 23). These are independent of the
- * type of object being secured.
- */
-
- /* Right to delete the object. */
- DELETE = cpu_to_le32(0x00010000),
-
- /*
- * Right to read the information in the object's security descriptor,
- * not including the information in the SACL, i.e. right to read the
- * security descriptor and owner.
- */
- READ_CONTROL = cpu_to_le32(0x00020000),
-
- /* Right to modify the DACL in the object's security descriptor. */
- WRITE_DAC = cpu_to_le32(0x00040000),
-
- /* Right to change the owner in the object's security descriptor. */
- WRITE_OWNER = cpu_to_le32(0x00080000),
-
- /*
- * Right to use the object for synchronization. Enables a process to
- * wait until the object is in the signalled state. Some object types
- * do not support this access right.
- */
- SYNCHRONIZE = cpu_to_le32(0x00100000),
-
- /*
- * The following STANDARD_RIGHTS_* are combinations of the above for
- * convenience and are defined by the Win32 API.
- */
-
- /* These are currently defined to READ_CONTROL. */
- STANDARD_RIGHTS_READ = cpu_to_le32(0x00020000),
- STANDARD_RIGHTS_WRITE = cpu_to_le32(0x00020000),
- STANDARD_RIGHTS_EXECUTE = cpu_to_le32(0x00020000),
-
- /* Combines DELETE, READ_CONTROL, WRITE_DAC, and WRITE_OWNER access. */
- STANDARD_RIGHTS_REQUIRED = cpu_to_le32(0x000f0000),
-
- /*
- * Combines DELETE, READ_CONTROL, WRITE_DAC, WRITE_OWNER, and
- * SYNCHRONIZE access.
- */
- STANDARD_RIGHTS_ALL = cpu_to_le32(0x001f0000),
-
- /*
- * The access system ACL and maximum allowed access types (bits 24 to
- * 25, bits 26 to 27 are reserved).
- */
- ACCESS_SYSTEM_SECURITY = cpu_to_le32(0x01000000),
- MAXIMUM_ALLOWED = cpu_to_le32(0x02000000),
-
- /*
- * The generic rights (bits 28 to 31). These map onto the standard and
- * specific rights.
- */
-
- /* Read, write, and execute access. */
- GENERIC_ALL = cpu_to_le32(0x10000000),
-
- /* Execute access. */
- GENERIC_EXECUTE = cpu_to_le32(0x20000000),
-
- /*
- * Write access. For files, this maps onto:
- * FILE_APPEND_DATA | FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES | FILE_WRITE_DATA |
- * FILE_WRITE_EA | STANDARD_RIGHTS_WRITE | SYNCHRONIZE
- * For directories, the mapping has the same numerical value. See
- * above for the descriptions of the rights granted.
- */
- GENERIC_WRITE = cpu_to_le32(0x40000000),
-
- /*
- * Read access. For files, this maps onto:
- * FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES | FILE_READ_DATA | FILE_READ_EA |
- * STANDARD_RIGHTS_READ | SYNCHRONIZE
- * For directories, the mapping has the same numberical value. See
- * above for the descriptions of the rights granted.
- */
- GENERIC_READ = cpu_to_le32(0x80000000),
-};
-
-typedef le32 ACCESS_MASK;
-
-/*
- * The generic mapping array. Used to denote the mapping of each generic
- * access right to a specific access mask.
- *
- * FIXME: What exactly is this and what is it for? (AIA)
- */
-typedef struct {
- ACCESS_MASK generic_read;
- ACCESS_MASK generic_write;
- ACCESS_MASK generic_execute;
- ACCESS_MASK generic_all;
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) GENERIC_MAPPING;
-
-/*
- * The predefined ACE type structures are as defined below.
- */
-
-/*
- * ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE, ACCESS_DENIED_ACE, SYSTEM_AUDIT_ACE, SYSTEM_ALARM_ACE
- */
-typedef struct {
-/* 0 ACE_HEADER; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
- ACE_TYPES type; /* Type of the ACE. */
- ACE_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing the ACE. */
- le16 size; /* Size in bytes of the ACE. */
-/* 4*/ ACCESS_MASK mask; /* Access mask associated with the ACE. */
-
-/* 8*/ SID sid; /* The SID associated with the ACE. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE, ACCESS_DENIED_ACE,
- SYSTEM_AUDIT_ACE, SYSTEM_ALARM_ACE;
-
-/*
- * The object ACE flags (32-bit).
- */
-enum {
- ACE_OBJECT_TYPE_PRESENT = cpu_to_le32(1),
- ACE_INHERITED_OBJECT_TYPE_PRESENT = cpu_to_le32(2),
-};
-
-typedef le32 OBJECT_ACE_FLAGS;
-
-typedef struct {
-/* 0 ACE_HEADER; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
- ACE_TYPES type; /* Type of the ACE. */
- ACE_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing the ACE. */
- le16 size; /* Size in bytes of the ACE. */
-/* 4*/ ACCESS_MASK mask; /* Access mask associated with the ACE. */
-
-/* 8*/ OBJECT_ACE_FLAGS object_flags; /* Flags describing the object ACE. */
-/* 12*/ GUID object_type;
-/* 28*/ GUID inherited_object_type;
-
-/* 44*/ SID sid; /* The SID associated with the ACE. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ACCESS_ALLOWED_OBJECT_ACE,
- ACCESS_DENIED_OBJECT_ACE,
- SYSTEM_AUDIT_OBJECT_ACE,
- SYSTEM_ALARM_OBJECT_ACE;
-
-/*
- * An ACL is an access-control list (ACL).
- * An ACL starts with an ACL header structure, which specifies the size of
- * the ACL and the number of ACEs it contains. The ACL header is followed by
- * zero or more access control entries (ACEs). The ACL as well as each ACE
- * are aligned on 4-byte boundaries.
- */
-typedef struct {
- u8 revision; /* Revision of this ACL. */
- u8 alignment1;
- le16 size; /* Allocated space in bytes for ACL. Includes this
- header, the ACEs and the remaining free space. */
- le16 ace_count; /* Number of ACEs in the ACL. */
- le16 alignment2;
-/* sizeof() = 8 bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) ACL;
-
-/*
- * Current constants for ACLs.
- */
-typedef enum {
- /* Current revision. */
- ACL_REVISION = 2,
- ACL_REVISION_DS = 4,
-
- /* History of revisions. */
- ACL_REVISION1 = 1,
- MIN_ACL_REVISION = 2,
- ACL_REVISION2 = 2,
- ACL_REVISION3 = 3,
- ACL_REVISION4 = 4,
- MAX_ACL_REVISION = 4,
-} ACL_CONSTANTS;
-
-/*
- * The security descriptor control flags (16-bit).
- *
- * SE_OWNER_DEFAULTED - This boolean flag, when set, indicates that the SID
- * pointed to by the Owner field was provided by a defaulting mechanism
- * rather than explicitly provided by the original provider of the
- * security descriptor. This may affect the treatment of the SID with
- * respect to inheritance of an owner.
- *
- * SE_GROUP_DEFAULTED - This boolean flag, when set, indicates that the SID in
- * the Group field was provided by a defaulting mechanism rather than
- * explicitly provided by the original provider of the security
- * descriptor. This may affect the treatment of the SID with respect to
- * inheritance of a primary group.
- *
- * SE_DACL_PRESENT - This boolean flag, when set, indicates that the security
- * descriptor contains a discretionary ACL. If this flag is set and the
- * Dacl field of the SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR is null, then a null ACL is
- * explicitly being specified.
- *
- * SE_DACL_DEFAULTED - This boolean flag, when set, indicates that the ACL
- * pointed to by the Dacl field was provided by a defaulting mechanism
- * rather than explicitly provided by the original provider of the
- * security descriptor. This may affect the treatment of the ACL with
- * respect to inheritance of an ACL. This flag is ignored if the
- * DaclPresent flag is not set.
- *
- * SE_SACL_PRESENT - This boolean flag, when set, indicates that the security
- * descriptor contains a system ACL pointed to by the Sacl field. If this
- * flag is set and the Sacl field of the SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR is null, then
- * an empty (but present) ACL is being specified.
- *
- * SE_SACL_DEFAULTED - This boolean flag, when set, indicates that the ACL
- * pointed to by the Sacl field was provided by a defaulting mechanism
- * rather than explicitly provided by the original provider of the
- * security descriptor. This may affect the treatment of the ACL with
- * respect to inheritance of an ACL. This flag is ignored if the
- * SaclPresent flag is not set.
- *
- * SE_SELF_RELATIVE - This boolean flag, when set, indicates that the security
- * descriptor is in self-relative form. In this form, all fields of the
- * security descriptor are contiguous in memory and all pointer fields are
- * expressed as offsets from the beginning of the security descriptor.
- */
-enum {
- SE_OWNER_DEFAULTED = cpu_to_le16(0x0001),
- SE_GROUP_DEFAULTED = cpu_to_le16(0x0002),
- SE_DACL_PRESENT = cpu_to_le16(0x0004),
- SE_DACL_DEFAULTED = cpu_to_le16(0x0008),
-
- SE_SACL_PRESENT = cpu_to_le16(0x0010),
- SE_SACL_DEFAULTED = cpu_to_le16(0x0020),
-
- SE_DACL_AUTO_INHERIT_REQ = cpu_to_le16(0x0100),
- SE_SACL_AUTO_INHERIT_REQ = cpu_to_le16(0x0200),
- SE_DACL_AUTO_INHERITED = cpu_to_le16(0x0400),
- SE_SACL_AUTO_INHERITED = cpu_to_le16(0x0800),
-
- SE_DACL_PROTECTED = cpu_to_le16(0x1000),
- SE_SACL_PROTECTED = cpu_to_le16(0x2000),
- SE_RM_CONTROL_VALID = cpu_to_le16(0x4000),
- SE_SELF_RELATIVE = cpu_to_le16(0x8000)
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef le16 SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_CONTROL;
-
-/*
- * Self-relative security descriptor. Contains the owner and group SIDs as well
- * as the sacl and dacl ACLs inside the security descriptor itself.
- */
-typedef struct {
- u8 revision; /* Revision level of the security descriptor. */
- u8 alignment;
- SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_CONTROL control; /* Flags qualifying the type of
- the descriptor as well as the following fields. */
- le32 owner; /* Byte offset to a SID representing an object's
- owner. If this is NULL, no owner SID is present in
- the descriptor. */
- le32 group; /* Byte offset to a SID representing an object's
- primary group. If this is NULL, no primary group
- SID is present in the descriptor. */
- le32 sacl; /* Byte offset to a system ACL. Only valid, if
- SE_SACL_PRESENT is set in the control field. If
- SE_SACL_PRESENT is set but sacl is NULL, a NULL ACL
- is specified. */
- le32 dacl; /* Byte offset to a discretionary ACL. Only valid, if
- SE_DACL_PRESENT is set in the control field. If
- SE_DACL_PRESENT is set but dacl is NULL, a NULL ACL
- (unconditionally granting access) is specified. */
-/* sizeof() = 0x14 bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_RELATIVE;
-
-/*
- * Absolute security descriptor. Does not contain the owner and group SIDs, nor
- * the sacl and dacl ACLs inside the security descriptor. Instead, it contains
- * pointers to these structures in memory. Obviously, absolute security
- * descriptors are only useful for in memory representations of security
- * descriptors. On disk, a self-relative security descriptor is used.
- */
-typedef struct {
- u8 revision; /* Revision level of the security descriptor. */
- u8 alignment;
- SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_CONTROL control; /* Flags qualifying the type of
- the descriptor as well as the following fields. */
- SID *owner; /* Points to a SID representing an object's owner. If
- this is NULL, no owner SID is present in the
- descriptor. */
- SID *group; /* Points to a SID representing an object's primary
- group. If this is NULL, no primary group SID is
- present in the descriptor. */
- ACL *sacl; /* Points to a system ACL. Only valid, if
- SE_SACL_PRESENT is set in the control field. If
- SE_SACL_PRESENT is set but sacl is NULL, a NULL ACL
- is specified. */
- ACL *dacl; /* Points to a discretionary ACL. Only valid, if
- SE_DACL_PRESENT is set in the control field. If
- SE_DACL_PRESENT is set but dacl is NULL, a NULL ACL
- (unconditionally granting access) is specified. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-/*
- * Current constants for security descriptors.
- */
-typedef enum {
- /* Current revision. */
- SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_REVISION = 1,
- SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_REVISION1 = 1,
-
- /* The sizes of both the absolute and relative security descriptors is
- the same as pointers, at least on ia32 architecture are 32-bit. */
- SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_MIN_LENGTH = sizeof(SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR),
-} SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_CONSTANTS;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Security descriptor (0x50). A standard self-relative security
- * descriptor.
- *
- * NOTE: Can be resident or non-resident.
- * NOTE: Not used in NTFS 3.0+, as security descriptors are stored centrally
- * in FILE_Secure and the correct descriptor is found using the security_id
- * from the standard information attribute.
- */
-typedef SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_RELATIVE SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_ATTR;
-
-/*
- * On NTFS 3.0+, all security descriptors are stored in FILE_Secure. Only one
- * referenced instance of each unique security descriptor is stored.
- *
- * FILE_Secure contains no unnamed data attribute, i.e. it has zero length. It
- * does, however, contain two indexes ($SDH and $SII) as well as a named data
- * stream ($SDS).
- *
- * Every unique security descriptor is assigned a unique security identifier
- * (security_id, not to be confused with a SID). The security_id is unique for
- * the NTFS volume and is used as an index into the $SII index, which maps
- * security_ids to the security descriptor's storage location within the $SDS
- * data attribute. The $SII index is sorted by ascending security_id.
- *
- * A simple hash is computed from each security descriptor. This hash is used
- * as an index into the $SDH index, which maps security descriptor hashes to
- * the security descriptor's storage location within the $SDS data attribute.
- * The $SDH index is sorted by security descriptor hash and is stored in a B+
- * tree. When searching $SDH (with the intent of determining whether or not a
- * new security descriptor is already present in the $SDS data stream), if a
- * matching hash is found, but the security descriptors do not match, the
- * search in the $SDH index is continued, searching for a next matching hash.
- *
- * When a precise match is found, the security_id coresponding to the security
- * descriptor in the $SDS attribute is read from the found $SDH index entry and
- * is stored in the $STANDARD_INFORMATION attribute of the file/directory to
- * which the security descriptor is being applied. The $STANDARD_INFORMATION
- * attribute is present in all base mft records (i.e. in all files and
- * directories).
- *
- * If a match is not found, the security descriptor is assigned a new unique
- * security_id and is added to the $SDS data attribute. Then, entries
- * referencing the this security descriptor in the $SDS data attribute are
- * added to the $SDH and $SII indexes.
- *
- * Note: Entries are never deleted from FILE_Secure, even if nothing
- * references an entry any more.
- */
-
-/*
- * This header precedes each security descriptor in the $SDS data stream.
- * This is also the index entry data part of both the $SII and $SDH indexes.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 hash; /* Hash of the security descriptor. */
- le32 security_id; /* The security_id assigned to the descriptor. */
- le64 offset; /* Byte offset of this entry in the $SDS stream. */
- le32 length; /* Size in bytes of this entry in $SDS stream. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER;
-
-/*
- * The $SDS data stream contains the security descriptors, aligned on 16-byte
- * boundaries, sorted by security_id in a B+ tree. Security descriptors cannot
- * cross 256kib boundaries (this restriction is imposed by the Windows cache
- * manager). Each security descriptor is contained in a SDS_ENTRY structure.
- * Also, each security descriptor is stored twice in the $SDS stream with a
- * fixed offset of 0x40000 bytes (256kib, the Windows cache manager's max size)
- * between them; i.e. if a SDS_ENTRY specifies an offset of 0x51d0, then the
- * first copy of the security descriptor will be at offset 0x51d0 in the
- * $SDS data stream and the second copy will be at offset 0x451d0.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0 SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like
- unnamed structs. */
- le32 hash; /* Hash of the security descriptor. */
- le32 security_id; /* The security_id assigned to the descriptor. */
- le64 offset; /* Byte offset of this entry in the $SDS stream. */
- le32 length; /* Size in bytes of this entry in $SDS stream. */
-/* 20*/ SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_RELATIVE sid; /* The self-relative security
- descriptor. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SDS_ENTRY;
-
-/*
- * The index entry key used in the $SII index. The collation type is
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 security_id; /* The security_id assigned to the descriptor. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SII_INDEX_KEY;
-
-/*
- * The index entry key used in the $SDH index. The keys are sorted first by
- * hash and then by security_id. The collation rule is
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_SECURITY_HASH.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 hash; /* Hash of the security descriptor. */
- le32 security_id; /* The security_id assigned to the descriptor. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) SDH_INDEX_KEY;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Volume name (0x60).
- *
- * NOTE: Always resident.
- * NOTE: Present only in FILE_Volume.
- */
-typedef struct {
- ntfschar name[0]; /* The name of the volume in Unicode. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) VOLUME_NAME;
-
-/*
- * Possible flags for the volume (16-bit).
- */
-enum {
- VOLUME_IS_DIRTY = cpu_to_le16(0x0001),
- VOLUME_RESIZE_LOG_FILE = cpu_to_le16(0x0002),
- VOLUME_UPGRADE_ON_MOUNT = cpu_to_le16(0x0004),
- VOLUME_MOUNTED_ON_NT4 = cpu_to_le16(0x0008),
-
- VOLUME_DELETE_USN_UNDERWAY = cpu_to_le16(0x0010),
- VOLUME_REPAIR_OBJECT_ID = cpu_to_le16(0x0020),
-
- VOLUME_CHKDSK_UNDERWAY = cpu_to_le16(0x4000),
- VOLUME_MODIFIED_BY_CHKDSK = cpu_to_le16(0x8000),
-
- VOLUME_FLAGS_MASK = cpu_to_le16(0xc03f),
-
- /* To make our life easier when checking if we must mount read-only. */
- VOLUME_MUST_MOUNT_RO_MASK = cpu_to_le16(0xc027),
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef le16 VOLUME_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Volume information (0x70).
- *
- * NOTE: Always resident.
- * NOTE: Present only in FILE_Volume.
- * NOTE: Windows 2000 uses NTFS 3.0 while Windows NT4 service pack 6a uses
- * NTFS 1.2. I haven't personally seen other values yet.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le64 reserved; /* Not used (yet?). */
- u8 major_ver; /* Major version of the ntfs format. */
- u8 minor_ver; /* Minor version of the ntfs format. */
- VOLUME_FLAGS flags; /* Bit array of VOLUME_* flags. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) VOLUME_INFORMATION;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Data attribute (0x80).
- *
- * NOTE: Can be resident or non-resident.
- *
- * Data contents of a file (i.e. the unnamed stream) or of a named stream.
- */
-typedef struct {
- u8 data[0]; /* The file's data contents. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) DATA_ATTR;
-
-/*
- * Index header flags (8-bit).
- */
-enum {
- /*
- * When index header is in an index root attribute:
- */
- SMALL_INDEX = 0, /* The index is small enough to fit inside the index
- root attribute and there is no index allocation
- attribute present. */
- LARGE_INDEX = 1, /* The index is too large to fit in the index root
- attribute and/or an index allocation attribute is
- present. */
- /*
- * When index header is in an index block, i.e. is part of index
- * allocation attribute:
- */
- LEAF_NODE = 0, /* This is a leaf node, i.e. there are no more nodes
- branching off it. */
- INDEX_NODE = 1, /* This node indexes other nodes, i.e. it is not a leaf
- node. */
- NODE_MASK = 1, /* Mask for accessing the *_NODE bits. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef u8 INDEX_HEADER_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * This is the header for indexes, describing the INDEX_ENTRY records, which
- * follow the INDEX_HEADER. Together the index header and the index entries
- * make up a complete index.
- *
- * IMPORTANT NOTE: The offset, length and size structure members are counted
- * relative to the start of the index header structure and not relative to the
- * start of the index root or index allocation structures themselves.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 entries_offset; /* Byte offset to first INDEX_ENTRY
- aligned to 8-byte boundary. */
- le32 index_length; /* Data size of the index in bytes,
- i.e. bytes used from allocated
- size, aligned to 8-byte boundary. */
- le32 allocated_size; /* Byte size of this index (block),
- multiple of 8 bytes. */
- /* NOTE: For the index root attribute, the above two numbers are always
- equal, as the attribute is resident and it is resized as needed. In
- the case of the index allocation attribute the attribute is not
- resident and hence the allocated_size is a fixed value and must
- equal the index_block_size specified by the INDEX_ROOT attribute
- corresponding to the INDEX_ALLOCATION attribute this INDEX_BLOCK
- belongs to. */
- INDEX_HEADER_FLAGS flags; /* Bit field of INDEX_HEADER_FLAGS. */
- u8 reserved[3]; /* Reserved/align to 8-byte boundary. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) INDEX_HEADER;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Index root (0x90).
- *
- * NOTE: Always resident.
- *
- * This is followed by a sequence of index entries (INDEX_ENTRY structures)
- * as described by the index header.
- *
- * When a directory is small enough to fit inside the index root then this
- * is the only attribute describing the directory. When the directory is too
- * large to fit in the index root, on the other hand, two additional attributes
- * are present: an index allocation attribute, containing sub-nodes of the B+
- * directory tree (see below), and a bitmap attribute, describing which virtual
- * cluster numbers (vcns) in the index allocation attribute are in use by an
- * index block.
- *
- * NOTE: The root directory (FILE_root) contains an entry for itself. Other
- * directories do not contain entries for themselves, though.
- */
-typedef struct {
- ATTR_TYPE type; /* Type of the indexed attribute. Is
- $FILE_NAME for directories, zero
- for view indexes. No other values
- allowed. */
- COLLATION_RULE collation_rule; /* Collation rule used to sort the
- index entries. If type is $FILE_NAME,
- this must be COLLATION_FILE_NAME. */
- le32 index_block_size; /* Size of each index block in bytes (in
- the index allocation attribute). */
- u8 clusters_per_index_block; /* Cluster size of each index block (in
- the index allocation attribute), when
- an index block is >= than a cluster,
- otherwise this will be the log of
- the size (like how the encoding of
- the mft record size and the index
- record size found in the boot sector
- work). Has to be a power of 2. */
- u8 reserved[3]; /* Reserved/align to 8-byte boundary. */
- INDEX_HEADER index; /* Index header describing the
- following index entries. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) INDEX_ROOT;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Index allocation (0xa0).
- *
- * NOTE: Always non-resident (doesn't make sense to be resident anyway!).
- *
- * This is an array of index blocks. Each index block starts with an
- * INDEX_BLOCK structure containing an index header, followed by a sequence of
- * index entries (INDEX_ENTRY structures), as described by the INDEX_HEADER.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/* 0 NTFS_RECORD; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
- NTFS_RECORD_TYPE magic; /* Magic is "INDX". */
- le16 usa_ofs; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition. */
- le16 usa_count; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition. */
-
-/* 8*/ sle64 lsn; /* $LogFile sequence number of the last
- modification of this index block. */
-/* 16*/ leVCN index_block_vcn; /* Virtual cluster number of the index block.
- If the cluster_size on the volume is <= the
- index_block_size of the directory,
- index_block_vcn counts in units of clusters,
- and in units of sectors otherwise. */
-/* 24*/ INDEX_HEADER index; /* Describes the following index entries. */
-/* sizeof()= 40 (0x28) bytes */
-/*
- * When creating the index block, we place the update sequence array at this
- * offset, i.e. before we start with the index entries. This also makes sense,
- * otherwise we could run into problems with the update sequence array
- * containing in itself the last two bytes of a sector which would mean that
- * multi sector transfer protection wouldn't work. As you can't protect data
- * by overwriting it since you then can't get it back...
- * When reading use the data from the ntfs record header.
- */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) INDEX_BLOCK;
-
-typedef INDEX_BLOCK INDEX_ALLOCATION;
-
-/*
- * The system file FILE_Extend/$Reparse contains an index named $R listing
- * all reparse points on the volume. The index entry keys are as defined
- * below. Note, that there is no index data associated with the index entries.
- *
- * The index entries are sorted by the index key file_id. The collation rule is
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONGS. FIXME: Verify whether the reparse_tag is not the
- * primary key / is not a key at all. (AIA)
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 reparse_tag; /* Reparse point type (inc. flags). */
- leMFT_REF file_id; /* Mft record of the file containing the
- reparse point attribute. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) REPARSE_INDEX_KEY;
-
-/*
- * Quota flags (32-bit).
- *
- * The user quota flags. Names explain meaning.
- */
-enum {
- QUOTA_FLAG_DEFAULT_LIMITS = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
- QUOTA_FLAG_LIMIT_REACHED = cpu_to_le32(0x00000002),
- QUOTA_FLAG_ID_DELETED = cpu_to_le32(0x00000004),
-
- QUOTA_FLAG_USER_MASK = cpu_to_le32(0x00000007),
- /* This is a bit mask for the user quota flags. */
-
- /*
- * These flags are only present in the quota defaults index entry, i.e.
- * in the entry where owner_id = QUOTA_DEFAULTS_ID.
- */
- QUOTA_FLAG_TRACKING_ENABLED = cpu_to_le32(0x00000010),
- QUOTA_FLAG_ENFORCEMENT_ENABLED = cpu_to_le32(0x00000020),
- QUOTA_FLAG_TRACKING_REQUESTED = cpu_to_le32(0x00000040),
- QUOTA_FLAG_LOG_THRESHOLD = cpu_to_le32(0x00000080),
-
- QUOTA_FLAG_LOG_LIMIT = cpu_to_le32(0x00000100),
- QUOTA_FLAG_OUT_OF_DATE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000200),
- QUOTA_FLAG_CORRUPT = cpu_to_le32(0x00000400),
- QUOTA_FLAG_PENDING_DELETES = cpu_to_le32(0x00000800),
-};
-
-typedef le32 QUOTA_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * The system file FILE_Extend/$Quota contains two indexes $O and $Q. Quotas
- * are on a per volume and per user basis.
- *
- * The $Q index contains one entry for each existing user_id on the volume. The
- * index key is the user_id of the user/group owning this quota control entry,
- * i.e. the key is the owner_id. The user_id of the owner of a file, i.e. the
- * owner_id, is found in the standard information attribute. The collation rule
- * for $Q is COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG.
- *
- * The $O index contains one entry for each user/group who has been assigned
- * a quota on that volume. The index key holds the SID of the user_id the
- * entry belongs to, i.e. the owner_id. The collation rule for $O is
- * COLLATION_NTOFS_SID.
- *
- * The $O index entry data is the user_id of the user corresponding to the SID.
- * This user_id is used as an index into $Q to find the quota control entry
- * associated with the SID.
- *
- * The $Q index entry data is the quota control entry and is defined below.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 version; /* Currently equals 2. */
- QUOTA_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing this quota entry. */
- le64 bytes_used; /* How many bytes of the quota are in use. */
- sle64 change_time; /* Last time this quota entry was changed. */
- sle64 threshold; /* Soft quota (-1 if not limited). */
- sle64 limit; /* Hard quota (-1 if not limited). */
- sle64 exceeded_time; /* How long the soft quota has been exceeded. */
- SID sid; /* The SID of the user/object associated with
- this quota entry. Equals zero for the quota
- defaults entry (and in fact on a WinXP
- volume, it is not present at all). */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) QUOTA_CONTROL_ENTRY;
-
-/*
- * Predefined owner_id values (32-bit).
- */
-enum {
- QUOTA_INVALID_ID = cpu_to_le32(0x00000000),
- QUOTA_DEFAULTS_ID = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
- QUOTA_FIRST_USER_ID = cpu_to_le32(0x00000100),
-};
-
-/*
- * Current constants for quota control entries.
- */
-typedef enum {
- /* Current version. */
- QUOTA_VERSION = 2,
-} QUOTA_CONTROL_ENTRY_CONSTANTS;
-
-/*
- * Index entry flags (16-bit).
- */
-enum {
- INDEX_ENTRY_NODE = cpu_to_le16(1), /* This entry contains a
- sub-node, i.e. a reference to an index block in form of
- a virtual cluster number (see below). */
- INDEX_ENTRY_END = cpu_to_le16(2), /* This signifies the last
- entry in an index block. The index entry does not
- represent a file but it can point to a sub-node. */
-
- INDEX_ENTRY_SPACE_FILLER = cpu_to_le16(0xffff), /* gcc: Force
- enum bit width to 16-bit. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef le16 INDEX_ENTRY_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * This the index entry header (see below).
- */
-typedef struct {
-/* 0*/ union {
- struct { /* Only valid when INDEX_ENTRY_END is not set. */
- leMFT_REF indexed_file; /* The mft reference of the file
- described by this index
- entry. Used for directory
- indexes. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) dir;
- struct { /* Used for views/indexes to find the entry's data. */
- le16 data_offset; /* Data byte offset from this
- INDEX_ENTRY. Follows the
- index key. */
- le16 data_length; /* Data length in bytes. */
- le32 reservedV; /* Reserved (zero). */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) vi;
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) data;
-/* 8*/ le16 length; /* Byte size of this index entry, multiple of
- 8-bytes. */
-/* 10*/ le16 key_length; /* Byte size of the key value, which is in the
- index entry. It follows field reserved. Not
- multiple of 8-bytes. */
-/* 12*/ INDEX_ENTRY_FLAGS flags; /* Bit field of INDEX_ENTRY_* flags. */
-/* 14*/ le16 reserved; /* Reserved/align to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* sizeof() = 16 bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER;
-
-/*
- * This is an index entry. A sequence of such entries follows each INDEX_HEADER
- * structure. Together they make up a complete index. The index follows either
- * an index root attribute or an index allocation attribute.
- *
- * NOTE: Before NTFS 3.0 only filename attributes were indexed.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0 INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER; -- Unfolded here as gcc dislikes unnamed structs. */
- union {
- struct { /* Only valid when INDEX_ENTRY_END is not set. */
- leMFT_REF indexed_file; /* The mft reference of the file
- described by this index
- entry. Used for directory
- indexes. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) dir;
- struct { /* Used for views/indexes to find the entry's data. */
- le16 data_offset; /* Data byte offset from this
- INDEX_ENTRY. Follows the
- index key. */
- le16 data_length; /* Data length in bytes. */
- le32 reservedV; /* Reserved (zero). */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) vi;
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) data;
- le16 length; /* Byte size of this index entry, multiple of
- 8-bytes. */
- le16 key_length; /* Byte size of the key value, which is in the
- index entry. It follows field reserved. Not
- multiple of 8-bytes. */
- INDEX_ENTRY_FLAGS flags; /* Bit field of INDEX_ENTRY_* flags. */
- le16 reserved; /* Reserved/align to 8-byte boundary. */
-
-/* 16*/ union { /* The key of the indexed attribute. NOTE: Only present
- if INDEX_ENTRY_END bit in flags is not set. NOTE: On
- NTFS versions before 3.0 the only valid key is the
- FILE_NAME_ATTR. On NTFS 3.0+ the following
- additional index keys are defined: */
- FILE_NAME_ATTR file_name;/* $I30 index in directories. */
- SII_INDEX_KEY sii; /* $SII index in $Secure. */
- SDH_INDEX_KEY sdh; /* $SDH index in $Secure. */
- GUID object_id; /* $O index in FILE_Extend/$ObjId: The
- object_id of the mft record found in
- the data part of the index. */
- REPARSE_INDEX_KEY reparse; /* $R index in
- FILE_Extend/$Reparse. */
- SID sid; /* $O index in FILE_Extend/$Quota:
- SID of the owner of the user_id. */
- le32 owner_id; /* $Q index in FILE_Extend/$Quota:
- user_id of the owner of the quota
- control entry in the data part of
- the index. */
- } __attribute__ ((__packed__)) key;
- /* The (optional) index data is inserted here when creating. */
- // leVCN vcn; /* If INDEX_ENTRY_NODE bit in flags is set, the last
- // eight bytes of this index entry contain the virtual
- // cluster number of the index block that holds the
- // entries immediately preceding the current entry (the
- // vcn references the corresponding cluster in the data
- // of the non-resident index allocation attribute). If
- // the key_length is zero, then the vcn immediately
- // follows the INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER. Regardless of
- // key_length, the address of the 8-byte boundary
- // aligned vcn of INDEX_ENTRY{_HEADER} *ie is given by
- // (char*)ie + le16_to_cpu(ie*)->length) - sizeof(VCN),
- // where sizeof(VCN) can be hardcoded as 8 if wanted. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) INDEX_ENTRY;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Bitmap (0xb0).
- *
- * Contains an array of bits (aka a bitfield).
- *
- * When used in conjunction with the index allocation attribute, each bit
- * corresponds to one index block within the index allocation attribute. Thus
- * the number of bits in the bitmap * index block size / cluster size is the
- * number of clusters in the index allocation attribute.
- */
-typedef struct {
- u8 bitmap[0]; /* Array of bits. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) BITMAP_ATTR;
-
-/*
- * The reparse point tag defines the type of the reparse point. It also
- * includes several flags, which further describe the reparse point.
- *
- * The reparse point tag is an unsigned 32-bit value divided in three parts:
- *
- * 1. The least significant 16 bits (i.e. bits 0 to 15) specifiy the type of
- * the reparse point.
- * 2. The 13 bits after this (i.e. bits 16 to 28) are reserved for future use.
- * 3. The most significant three bits are flags describing the reparse point.
- * They are defined as follows:
- * bit 29: Name surrogate bit. If set, the filename is an alias for
- * another object in the system.
- * bit 30: High-latency bit. If set, accessing the first byte of data will
- * be slow. (E.g. the data is stored on a tape drive.)
- * bit 31: Microsoft bit. If set, the tag is owned by Microsoft. User
- * defined tags have to use zero here.
- *
- * These are the predefined reparse point tags:
- */
-enum {
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_IS_ALIAS = cpu_to_le32(0x20000000),
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_IS_HIGH_LATENCY = cpu_to_le32(0x40000000),
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_IS_MICROSOFT = cpu_to_le32(0x80000000),
-
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_RESERVED_ZERO = cpu_to_le32(0x00000000),
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_RESERVED_ONE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_RESERVED_RANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
-
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_NSS = cpu_to_le32(0x68000005),
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_NSS_RECOVER = cpu_to_le32(0x68000006),
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_SIS = cpu_to_le32(0x68000007),
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_DFS = cpu_to_le32(0x68000008),
-
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_MOUNT_POINT = cpu_to_le32(0x88000003),
-
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_HSM = cpu_to_le32(0xa8000004),
-
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_SYMBOLIC_LINK = cpu_to_le32(0xe8000000),
-
- IO_REPARSE_TAG_VALID_VALUES = cpu_to_le32(0xe000ffff),
-};
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Reparse point (0xc0).
- *
- * NOTE: Can be resident or non-resident.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 reparse_tag; /* Reparse point type (inc. flags). */
- le16 reparse_data_length; /* Byte size of reparse data. */
- le16 reserved; /* Align to 8-byte boundary. */
- u8 reparse_data[0]; /* Meaning depends on reparse_tag. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) REPARSE_POINT;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Extended attribute (EA) information (0xd0).
- *
- * NOTE: Always resident. (Is this true???)
- */
-typedef struct {
- le16 ea_length; /* Byte size of the packed extended
- attributes. */
- le16 need_ea_count; /* The number of extended attributes which have
- the NEED_EA bit set. */
- le32 ea_query_length; /* Byte size of the buffer required to query
- the extended attributes when calling
- ZwQueryEaFile() in Windows NT/2k. I.e. the
- byte size of the unpacked extended
- attributes. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) EA_INFORMATION;
-
-/*
- * Extended attribute flags (8-bit).
- */
-enum {
- NEED_EA = 0x80 /* If set the file to which the EA belongs
- cannot be interpreted without understanding
- the associates extended attributes. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef u8 EA_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Extended attribute (EA) (0xe0).
- *
- * NOTE: Can be resident or non-resident.
- *
- * Like the attribute list and the index buffer list, the EA attribute value is
- * a sequence of EA_ATTR variable length records.
- */
-typedef struct {
- le32 next_entry_offset; /* Offset to the next EA_ATTR. */
- EA_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing the EA. */
- u8 ea_name_length; /* Length of the name of the EA in bytes
- excluding the '\0' byte terminator. */
- le16 ea_value_length; /* Byte size of the EA's value. */
- u8 ea_name[0]; /* Name of the EA. Note this is ASCII, not
- Unicode and it is zero terminated. */
- u8 ea_value[0]; /* The value of the EA. Immediately follows
- the name. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) EA_ATTR;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Property set (0xf0).
- *
- * Intended to support Native Structure Storage (NSS) - a feature removed from
- * NTFS 3.0 during beta testing.
- */
-typedef struct {
- /* Irrelevant as feature unused. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) PROPERTY_SET;
-
-/*
- * Attribute: Logged utility stream (0x100).
- *
- * NOTE: Can be resident or non-resident.
- *
- * Operations on this attribute are logged to the journal ($LogFile) like
- * normal metadata changes.
- *
- * Used by the Encrypting File System (EFS). All encrypted files have this
- * attribute with the name $EFS.
- */
-typedef struct {
- /* Can be anything the creator chooses. */
- /* EFS uses it as follows: */
- // FIXME: Type this info, verifying it along the way. (AIA)
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) LOGGED_UTILITY_STREAM, EFS_ATTR;
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c b/fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index eda9972e6159..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1000 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * lcnalloc.c - Cluster (de)allocation code. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include <linux/pagemap.h>
-
-#include "lcnalloc.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "bitmap.h"
-#include "inode.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-#include "attrib.h"
-#include "malloc.h"
-#include "aops.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-/**
- * ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl_nolock - free clusters from runlist
- * @vol: mounted ntfs volume on which to free the clusters
- * @rl: runlist describing the clusters to free
- *
- * Free all the clusters described by the runlist @rl on the volume @vol. In
- * the case of an error being returned, at least some of the clusters were not
- * freed.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- *
- * Locking: - The volume lcn bitmap must be locked for writing on entry and is
- * left locked on return.
- */
-int ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl_nolock(ntfs_volume *vol,
- const runlist_element *rl)
-{
- struct inode *lcnbmp_vi = vol->lcnbmp_ino;
- int ret = 0;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- if (!rl)
- return 0;
- for (; rl->length; rl++) {
- int err;
-
- if (rl->lcn < 0)
- continue;
- err = ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(lcnbmp_vi, rl->lcn, rl->length);
- if (unlikely(err && (!ret || ret == -ENOMEM) && ret != err))
- ret = err;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_cluster_alloc - allocate clusters on an ntfs volume
- * @vol: mounted ntfs volume on which to allocate the clusters
- * @start_vcn: vcn to use for the first allocated cluster
- * @count: number of clusters to allocate
- * @start_lcn: starting lcn at which to allocate the clusters (or -1 if none)
- * @zone: zone from which to allocate the clusters
- * @is_extension: if 'true', this is an attribute extension
- *
- * Allocate @count clusters preferably starting at cluster @start_lcn or at the
- * current allocator position if @start_lcn is -1, on the mounted ntfs volume
- * @vol. @zone is either DATA_ZONE for allocation of normal clusters or
- * MFT_ZONE for allocation of clusters for the master file table, i.e. the
- * $MFT/$DATA attribute.
- *
- * @start_vcn specifies the vcn of the first allocated cluster. This makes
- * merging the resulting runlist with the old runlist easier.
- *
- * If @is_extension is 'true', the caller is allocating clusters to extend an
- * attribute and if it is 'false', the caller is allocating clusters to fill a
- * hole in an attribute. Practically the difference is that if @is_extension
- * is 'true' the returned runlist will be terminated with LCN_ENOENT and if
- * @is_extension is 'false' the runlist will be terminated with
- * LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED.
- *
- * You need to check the return value with IS_ERR(). If this is false, the
- * function was successful and the return value is a runlist describing the
- * allocated cluster(s). If IS_ERR() is true, the function failed and
- * PTR_ERR() gives you the error code.
- *
- * Notes on the allocation algorithm
- * =================================
- *
- * There are two data zones. First is the area between the end of the mft zone
- * and the end of the volume, and second is the area between the start of the
- * volume and the start of the mft zone. On unmodified/standard NTFS 1.x
- * volumes, the second data zone does not exist due to the mft zone being
- * expanded to cover the start of the volume in order to reserve space for the
- * mft bitmap attribute.
- *
- * This is not the prettiest function but the complexity stems from the need of
- * implementing the mft vs data zoned approach and from the fact that we have
- * access to the lcn bitmap in portions of up to 8192 bytes at a time, so we
- * need to cope with crossing over boundaries of two buffers. Further, the
- * fact that the allocator allows for caller supplied hints as to the location
- * of where allocation should begin and the fact that the allocator keeps track
- * of where in the data zones the next natural allocation should occur,
- * contribute to the complexity of the function. But it should all be
- * worthwhile, because this allocator should: 1) be a full implementation of
- * the MFT zone approach used by Windows NT, 2) cause reduction in
- * fragmentation, and 3) be speedy in allocations (the code is not optimized
- * for speed, but the algorithm is, so further speed improvements are probably
- * possible).
- *
- * FIXME: We should be monitoring cluster allocation and increment the MFT zone
- * size dynamically but this is something for the future. We will just cause
- * heavier fragmentation by not doing it and I am not even sure Windows would
- * grow the MFT zone dynamically, so it might even be correct not to do this.
- * The overhead in doing dynamic MFT zone expansion would be very large and
- * unlikely worth the effort. (AIA)
- *
- * TODO: I have added in double the required zone position pointer wrap around
- * logic which can be optimized to having only one of the two logic sets.
- * However, having the double logic will work fine, but if we have only one of
- * the sets and we get it wrong somewhere, then we get into trouble, so
- * removing the duplicate logic requires _very_ careful consideration of _all_
- * possible code paths. So at least for now, I am leaving the double logic -
- * better safe than sorry... (AIA)
- *
- * Locking: - The volume lcn bitmap must be unlocked on entry and is unlocked
- * on return.
- * - This function takes the volume lcn bitmap lock for writing and
- * modifies the bitmap contents.
- */
-runlist_element *ntfs_cluster_alloc(ntfs_volume *vol, const VCN start_vcn,
- const s64 count, const LCN start_lcn,
- const NTFS_CLUSTER_ALLOCATION_ZONES zone,
- const bool is_extension)
-{
- LCN zone_start, zone_end, bmp_pos, bmp_initial_pos, last_read_pos, lcn;
- LCN prev_lcn = 0, prev_run_len = 0, mft_zone_size;
- s64 clusters;
- loff_t i_size;
- struct inode *lcnbmp_vi;
- runlist_element *rl = NULL;
- struct address_space *mapping;
- struct page *page = NULL;
- u8 *buf, *byte;
- int err = 0, rlpos, rlsize, buf_size;
- u8 pass, done_zones, search_zone, need_writeback = 0, bit;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering for start_vcn 0x%llx, count 0x%llx, start_lcn "
- "0x%llx, zone %s_ZONE.", (unsigned long long)start_vcn,
- (unsigned long long)count,
- (unsigned long long)start_lcn,
- zone == MFT_ZONE ? "MFT" : "DATA");
- BUG_ON(!vol);
- lcnbmp_vi = vol->lcnbmp_ino;
- BUG_ON(!lcnbmp_vi);
- BUG_ON(start_vcn < 0);
- BUG_ON(count < 0);
- BUG_ON(start_lcn < -1);
- BUG_ON(zone < FIRST_ZONE);
- BUG_ON(zone > LAST_ZONE);
-
- /* Return NULL if @count is zero. */
- if (!count)
- return NULL;
- /* Take the lcnbmp lock for writing. */
- down_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
- /*
- * If no specific @start_lcn was requested, use the current data zone
- * position, otherwise use the requested @start_lcn but make sure it
- * lies outside the mft zone. Also set done_zones to 0 (no zones done)
- * and pass depending on whether we are starting inside a zone (1) or
- * at the beginning of a zone (2). If requesting from the MFT_ZONE,
- * we either start at the current position within the mft zone or at
- * the specified position. If the latter is out of bounds then we start
- * at the beginning of the MFT_ZONE.
- */
- done_zones = 0;
- pass = 1;
- /*
- * zone_start and zone_end are the current search range. search_zone
- * is 1 for mft zone, 2 for data zone 1 (end of mft zone till end of
- * volume) and 4 for data zone 2 (start of volume till start of mft
- * zone).
- */
- zone_start = start_lcn;
- if (zone_start < 0) {
- if (zone == DATA_ZONE)
- zone_start = vol->data1_zone_pos;
- else
- zone_start = vol->mft_zone_pos;
- if (!zone_start) {
- /*
- * Zone starts at beginning of volume which means a
- * single pass is sufficient.
- */
- pass = 2;
- }
- } else if (zone == DATA_ZONE && zone_start >= vol->mft_zone_start &&
- zone_start < vol->mft_zone_end) {
- zone_start = vol->mft_zone_end;
- /*
- * Starting at beginning of data1_zone which means a single
- * pass in this zone is sufficient.
- */
- pass = 2;
- } else if (zone == MFT_ZONE && (zone_start < vol->mft_zone_start ||
- zone_start >= vol->mft_zone_end)) {
- zone_start = vol->mft_lcn;
- if (!vol->mft_zone_end)
- zone_start = 0;
- /*
- * Starting at beginning of volume which means a single pass
- * is sufficient.
- */
- pass = 2;
- }
- if (zone == MFT_ZONE) {
- zone_end = vol->mft_zone_end;
- search_zone = 1;
- } else /* if (zone == DATA_ZONE) */ {
- /* Skip searching the mft zone. */
- done_zones |= 1;
- if (zone_start >= vol->mft_zone_end) {
- zone_end = vol->nr_clusters;
- search_zone = 2;
- } else {
- zone_end = vol->mft_zone_start;
- search_zone = 4;
- }
- }
- /*
- * bmp_pos is the current bit position inside the bitmap. We use
- * bmp_initial_pos to determine whether or not to do a zone switch.
- */
- bmp_pos = bmp_initial_pos = zone_start;
-
- /* Loop until all clusters are allocated, i.e. clusters == 0. */
- clusters = count;
- rlpos = rlsize = 0;
- mapping = lcnbmp_vi->i_mapping;
- i_size = i_size_read(lcnbmp_vi);
- while (1) {
- ntfs_debug("Start of outer while loop: done_zones 0x%x, "
- "search_zone %i, pass %i, zone_start 0x%llx, "
- "zone_end 0x%llx, bmp_initial_pos 0x%llx, "
- "bmp_pos 0x%llx, rlpos %i, rlsize %i.",
- done_zones, search_zone, pass,
- (unsigned long long)zone_start,
- (unsigned long long)zone_end,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_initial_pos,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_pos, rlpos, rlsize);
- /* Loop until we run out of free clusters. */
- last_read_pos = bmp_pos >> 3;
- ntfs_debug("last_read_pos 0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)last_read_pos);
- if (last_read_pos > i_size) {
- ntfs_debug("End of attribute reached. "
- "Skipping to zone_pass_done.");
- goto zone_pass_done;
- }
- if (likely(page)) {
- if (need_writeback) {
- ntfs_debug("Marking page dirty.");
- flush_dcache_page(page);
- set_page_dirty(page);
- need_writeback = 0;
- }
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- }
- page = ntfs_map_page(mapping, last_read_pos >>
- PAGE_SHIFT);
- if (IS_ERR(page)) {
- err = PTR_ERR(page);
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to map page.");
- goto out;
- }
- buf_size = last_read_pos & ~PAGE_MASK;
- buf = page_address(page) + buf_size;
- buf_size = PAGE_SIZE - buf_size;
- if (unlikely(last_read_pos + buf_size > i_size))
- buf_size = i_size - last_read_pos;
- buf_size <<= 3;
- lcn = bmp_pos & 7;
- bmp_pos &= ~(LCN)7;
- ntfs_debug("Before inner while loop: buf_size %i, lcn 0x%llx, "
- "bmp_pos 0x%llx, need_writeback %i.", buf_size,
- (unsigned long long)lcn,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_pos, need_writeback);
- while (lcn < buf_size && lcn + bmp_pos < zone_end) {
- byte = buf + (lcn >> 3);
- ntfs_debug("In inner while loop: buf_size %i, "
- "lcn 0x%llx, bmp_pos 0x%llx, "
- "need_writeback %i, byte ofs 0x%x, "
- "*byte 0x%x.", buf_size,
- (unsigned long long)lcn,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_pos,
- need_writeback,
- (unsigned int)(lcn >> 3),
- (unsigned int)*byte);
- /* Skip full bytes. */
- if (*byte == 0xff) {
- lcn = (lcn + 8) & ~(LCN)7;
- ntfs_debug("Continuing while loop 1.");
- continue;
- }
- bit = 1 << (lcn & 7);
- ntfs_debug("bit 0x%x.", bit);
- /* If the bit is already set, go onto the next one. */
- if (*byte & bit) {
- lcn++;
- ntfs_debug("Continuing while loop 2.");
- continue;
- }
- /*
- * Allocate more memory if needed, including space for
- * the terminator element.
- * ntfs_malloc_nofs() operates on whole pages only.
- */
- if ((rlpos + 2) * sizeof(*rl) > rlsize) {
- runlist_element *rl2;
-
- ntfs_debug("Reallocating memory.");
- if (!rl)
- ntfs_debug("First free bit is at LCN "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- (lcn + bmp_pos));
- rl2 = ntfs_malloc_nofs(rlsize + (int)PAGE_SIZE);
- if (unlikely(!rl2)) {
- err = -ENOMEM;
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to "
- "allocate memory.");
- goto out;
- }
- memcpy(rl2, rl, rlsize);
- ntfs_free(rl);
- rl = rl2;
- rlsize += PAGE_SIZE;
- ntfs_debug("Reallocated memory, rlsize 0x%x.",
- rlsize);
- }
- /* Allocate the bitmap bit. */
- *byte |= bit;
- /* We need to write this bitmap page to disk. */
- need_writeback = 1;
- ntfs_debug("*byte 0x%x, need_writeback is set.",
- (unsigned int)*byte);
- /*
- * Coalesce with previous run if adjacent LCNs.
- * Otherwise, append a new run.
- */
- ntfs_debug("Adding run (lcn 0x%llx, len 0x%llx), "
- "prev_lcn 0x%llx, lcn 0x%llx, "
- "bmp_pos 0x%llx, prev_run_len 0x%llx, "
- "rlpos %i.",
- (unsigned long long)(lcn + bmp_pos),
- 1ULL, (unsigned long long)prev_lcn,
- (unsigned long long)lcn,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_pos,
- (unsigned long long)prev_run_len,
- rlpos);
- if (prev_lcn == lcn + bmp_pos - prev_run_len && rlpos) {
- ntfs_debug("Coalescing to run (lcn 0x%llx, "
- "len 0x%llx).",
- (unsigned long long)
- rl[rlpos - 1].lcn,
- (unsigned long long)
- rl[rlpos - 1].length);
- rl[rlpos - 1].length = ++prev_run_len;
- ntfs_debug("Run now (lcn 0x%llx, len 0x%llx), "
- "prev_run_len 0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- rl[rlpos - 1].lcn,
- (unsigned long long)
- rl[rlpos - 1].length,
- (unsigned long long)
- prev_run_len);
- } else {
- if (likely(rlpos)) {
- ntfs_debug("Adding new run, (previous "
- "run lcn 0x%llx, "
- "len 0x%llx).",
- (unsigned long long)
- rl[rlpos - 1].lcn,
- (unsigned long long)
- rl[rlpos - 1].length);
- rl[rlpos].vcn = rl[rlpos - 1].vcn +
- prev_run_len;
- } else {
- ntfs_debug("Adding new run, is first "
- "run.");
- rl[rlpos].vcn = start_vcn;
- }
- rl[rlpos].lcn = prev_lcn = lcn + bmp_pos;
- rl[rlpos].length = prev_run_len = 1;
- rlpos++;
- }
- /* Done? */
- if (!--clusters) {
- LCN tc;
- /*
- * Update the current zone position. Positions
- * of already scanned zones have been updated
- * during the respective zone switches.
- */
- tc = lcn + bmp_pos + 1;
- ntfs_debug("Done. Updating current zone "
- "position, tc 0x%llx, "
- "search_zone %i.",
- (unsigned long long)tc,
- search_zone);
- switch (search_zone) {
- case 1:
- ntfs_debug("Before checks, "
- "vol->mft_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->mft_zone_pos);
- if (tc >= vol->mft_zone_end) {
- vol->mft_zone_pos =
- vol->mft_lcn;
- if (!vol->mft_zone_end)
- vol->mft_zone_pos = 0;
- } else if ((bmp_initial_pos >=
- vol->mft_zone_pos ||
- tc > vol->mft_zone_pos)
- && tc >= vol->mft_lcn)
- vol->mft_zone_pos = tc;
- ntfs_debug("After checks, "
- "vol->mft_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->mft_zone_pos);
- break;
- case 2:
- ntfs_debug("Before checks, "
- "vol->data1_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data1_zone_pos);
- if (tc >= vol->nr_clusters)
- vol->data1_zone_pos =
- vol->mft_zone_end;
- else if ((bmp_initial_pos >=
- vol->data1_zone_pos ||
- tc > vol->data1_zone_pos)
- && tc >= vol->mft_zone_end)
- vol->data1_zone_pos = tc;
- ntfs_debug("After checks, "
- "vol->data1_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data1_zone_pos);
- break;
- case 4:
- ntfs_debug("Before checks, "
- "vol->data2_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data2_zone_pos);
- if (tc >= vol->mft_zone_start)
- vol->data2_zone_pos = 0;
- else if (bmp_initial_pos >=
- vol->data2_zone_pos ||
- tc > vol->data2_zone_pos)
- vol->data2_zone_pos = tc;
- ntfs_debug("After checks, "
- "vol->data2_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data2_zone_pos);
- break;
- default:
- BUG();
- }
- ntfs_debug("Finished. Going to out.");
- goto out;
- }
- lcn++;
- }
- bmp_pos += buf_size;
- ntfs_debug("After inner while loop: buf_size 0x%x, lcn "
- "0x%llx, bmp_pos 0x%llx, need_writeback %i.",
- buf_size, (unsigned long long)lcn,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_pos, need_writeback);
- if (bmp_pos < zone_end) {
- ntfs_debug("Continuing outer while loop, "
- "bmp_pos 0x%llx, zone_end 0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)bmp_pos,
- (unsigned long long)zone_end);
- continue;
- }
-zone_pass_done: /* Finished with the current zone pass. */
- ntfs_debug("At zone_pass_done, pass %i.", pass);
- if (pass == 1) {
- /*
- * Now do pass 2, scanning the first part of the zone
- * we omitted in pass 1.
- */
- pass = 2;
- zone_end = zone_start;
- switch (search_zone) {
- case 1: /* mft_zone */
- zone_start = vol->mft_zone_start;
- break;
- case 2: /* data1_zone */
- zone_start = vol->mft_zone_end;
- break;
- case 4: /* data2_zone */
- zone_start = 0;
- break;
- default:
- BUG();
- }
- /* Sanity check. */
- if (zone_end < zone_start)
- zone_end = zone_start;
- bmp_pos = zone_start;
- ntfs_debug("Continuing outer while loop, pass 2, "
- "zone_start 0x%llx, zone_end 0x%llx, "
- "bmp_pos 0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)zone_start,
- (unsigned long long)zone_end,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_pos);
- continue;
- } /* pass == 2 */
-done_zones_check:
- ntfs_debug("At done_zones_check, search_zone %i, done_zones "
- "before 0x%x, done_zones after 0x%x.",
- search_zone, done_zones,
- done_zones | search_zone);
- done_zones |= search_zone;
- if (done_zones < 7) {
- ntfs_debug("Switching zone.");
- /* Now switch to the next zone we haven't done yet. */
- pass = 1;
- switch (search_zone) {
- case 1:
- ntfs_debug("Switching from mft zone to data1 "
- "zone.");
- /* Update mft zone position. */
- if (rlpos) {
- LCN tc;
-
- ntfs_debug("Before checks, "
- "vol->mft_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->mft_zone_pos);
- tc = rl[rlpos - 1].lcn +
- rl[rlpos - 1].length;
- if (tc >= vol->mft_zone_end) {
- vol->mft_zone_pos =
- vol->mft_lcn;
- if (!vol->mft_zone_end)
- vol->mft_zone_pos = 0;
- } else if ((bmp_initial_pos >=
- vol->mft_zone_pos ||
- tc > vol->mft_zone_pos)
- && tc >= vol->mft_lcn)
- vol->mft_zone_pos = tc;
- ntfs_debug("After checks, "
- "vol->mft_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->mft_zone_pos);
- }
- /* Switch from mft zone to data1 zone. */
-switch_to_data1_zone: search_zone = 2;
- zone_start = bmp_initial_pos =
- vol->data1_zone_pos;
- zone_end = vol->nr_clusters;
- if (zone_start == vol->mft_zone_end)
- pass = 2;
- if (zone_start >= zone_end) {
- vol->data1_zone_pos = zone_start =
- vol->mft_zone_end;
- pass = 2;
- }
- break;
- case 2:
- ntfs_debug("Switching from data1 zone to "
- "data2 zone.");
- /* Update data1 zone position. */
- if (rlpos) {
- LCN tc;
-
- ntfs_debug("Before checks, "
- "vol->data1_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data1_zone_pos);
- tc = rl[rlpos - 1].lcn +
- rl[rlpos - 1].length;
- if (tc >= vol->nr_clusters)
- vol->data1_zone_pos =
- vol->mft_zone_end;
- else if ((bmp_initial_pos >=
- vol->data1_zone_pos ||
- tc > vol->data1_zone_pos)
- && tc >= vol->mft_zone_end)
- vol->data1_zone_pos = tc;
- ntfs_debug("After checks, "
- "vol->data1_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data1_zone_pos);
- }
- /* Switch from data1 zone to data2 zone. */
- search_zone = 4;
- zone_start = bmp_initial_pos =
- vol->data2_zone_pos;
- zone_end = vol->mft_zone_start;
- if (!zone_start)
- pass = 2;
- if (zone_start >= zone_end) {
- vol->data2_zone_pos = zone_start =
- bmp_initial_pos = 0;
- pass = 2;
- }
- break;
- case 4:
- ntfs_debug("Switching from data2 zone to "
- "data1 zone.");
- /* Update data2 zone position. */
- if (rlpos) {
- LCN tc;
-
- ntfs_debug("Before checks, "
- "vol->data2_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data2_zone_pos);
- tc = rl[rlpos - 1].lcn +
- rl[rlpos - 1].length;
- if (tc >= vol->mft_zone_start)
- vol->data2_zone_pos = 0;
- else if (bmp_initial_pos >=
- vol->data2_zone_pos ||
- tc > vol->data2_zone_pos)
- vol->data2_zone_pos = tc;
- ntfs_debug("After checks, "
- "vol->data2_zone_pos "
- "0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)
- vol->data2_zone_pos);
- }
- /* Switch from data2 zone to data1 zone. */
- goto switch_to_data1_zone;
- default:
- BUG();
- }
- ntfs_debug("After zone switch, search_zone %i, "
- "pass %i, bmp_initial_pos 0x%llx, "
- "zone_start 0x%llx, zone_end 0x%llx.",
- search_zone, pass,
- (unsigned long long)bmp_initial_pos,
- (unsigned long long)zone_start,
- (unsigned long long)zone_end);
- bmp_pos = zone_start;
- if (zone_start == zone_end) {
- ntfs_debug("Empty zone, going to "
- "done_zones_check.");
- /* Empty zone. Don't bother searching it. */
- goto done_zones_check;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Continuing outer while loop.");
- continue;
- } /* done_zones == 7 */
- ntfs_debug("All zones are finished.");
- /*
- * All zones are finished! If DATA_ZONE, shrink mft zone. If
- * MFT_ZONE, we have really run out of space.
- */
- mft_zone_size = vol->mft_zone_end - vol->mft_zone_start;
- ntfs_debug("vol->mft_zone_start 0x%llx, vol->mft_zone_end "
- "0x%llx, mft_zone_size 0x%llx.",
- (unsigned long long)vol->mft_zone_start,
- (unsigned long long)vol->mft_zone_end,
- (unsigned long long)mft_zone_size);
- if (zone == MFT_ZONE || mft_zone_size <= 0) {
- ntfs_debug("No free clusters left, going to out.");
- /* Really no more space left on device. */
- err = -ENOSPC;
- goto out;
- } /* zone == DATA_ZONE && mft_zone_size > 0 */
- ntfs_debug("Shrinking mft zone.");
- zone_end = vol->mft_zone_end;
- mft_zone_size >>= 1;
- if (mft_zone_size > 0)
- vol->mft_zone_end = vol->mft_zone_start + mft_zone_size;
- else /* mft zone and data2 zone no longer exist. */
- vol->data2_zone_pos = vol->mft_zone_start =
- vol->mft_zone_end = 0;
- if (vol->mft_zone_pos >= vol->mft_zone_end) {
- vol->mft_zone_pos = vol->mft_lcn;
- if (!vol->mft_zone_end)
- vol->mft_zone_pos = 0;
- }
- bmp_pos = zone_start = bmp_initial_pos =
- vol->data1_zone_pos = vol->mft_zone_end;
- search_zone = 2;
- pass = 2;
- done_zones &= ~2;
- ntfs_debug("After shrinking mft zone, mft_zone_size 0x%llx, "
- "vol->mft_zone_start 0x%llx, "
- "vol->mft_zone_end 0x%llx, "
- "vol->mft_zone_pos 0x%llx, search_zone 2, "
- "pass 2, dones_zones 0x%x, zone_start 0x%llx, "
- "zone_end 0x%llx, vol->data1_zone_pos 0x%llx, "
- "continuing outer while loop.",
- (unsigned long long)mft_zone_size,
- (unsigned long long)vol->mft_zone_start,
- (unsigned long long)vol->mft_zone_end,
- (unsigned long long)vol->mft_zone_pos,
- done_zones, (unsigned long long)zone_start,
- (unsigned long long)zone_end,
- (unsigned long long)vol->data1_zone_pos);
- }
- ntfs_debug("After outer while loop.");
-out:
- ntfs_debug("At out.");
- /* Add runlist terminator element. */
- if (likely(rl)) {
- rl[rlpos].vcn = rl[rlpos - 1].vcn + rl[rlpos - 1].length;
- rl[rlpos].lcn = is_extension ? LCN_ENOENT : LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED;
- rl[rlpos].length = 0;
- }
- if (likely(page && !IS_ERR(page))) {
- if (need_writeback) {
- ntfs_debug("Marking page dirty.");
- flush_dcache_page(page);
- set_page_dirty(page);
- need_writeback = 0;
- }
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- }
- if (likely(!err)) {
- up_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return rl;
- }
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to allocate clusters, aborting "
- "(error %i).", err);
- if (rl) {
- int err2;
-
- if (err == -ENOSPC)
- ntfs_debug("Not enough space to complete allocation, "
- "err -ENOSPC, first free lcn 0x%llx, "
- "could allocate up to 0x%llx "
- "clusters.",
- (unsigned long long)rl[0].lcn,
- (unsigned long long)(count - clusters));
- /* Deallocate all allocated clusters. */
- ntfs_debug("Attempting rollback...");
- err2 = ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl_nolock(vol, rl);
- if (err2) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to rollback (error %i). "
- "Leaving inconsistent metadata! "
- "Unmount and run chkdsk.", err2);
- NVolSetErrors(vol);
- }
- /* Free the runlist. */
- ntfs_free(rl);
- } else if (err == -ENOSPC)
- ntfs_debug("No space left at all, err = -ENOSPC, first free "
- "lcn = 0x%llx.",
- (long long)vol->data1_zone_pos);
- up_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
- return ERR_PTR(err);
-}
-
-/**
- * __ntfs_cluster_free - free clusters on an ntfs volume
- * @ni: ntfs inode whose runlist describes the clusters to free
- * @start_vcn: vcn in the runlist of @ni at which to start freeing clusters
- * @count: number of clusters to free or -1 for all clusters
- * @ctx: active attribute search context if present or NULL if not
- * @is_rollback: true if this is a rollback operation
- *
- * Free @count clusters starting at the cluster @start_vcn in the runlist
- * described by the vfs inode @ni.
- *
- * If @count is -1, all clusters from @start_vcn to the end of the runlist are
- * deallocated. Thus, to completely free all clusters in a runlist, use
- * @start_vcn = 0 and @count = -1.
- *
- * If @ctx is specified, it is an active search context of @ni and its base mft
- * record. This is needed when __ntfs_cluster_free() encounters unmapped
- * runlist fragments and allows their mapping. If you do not have the mft
- * record mapped, you can specify @ctx as NULL and __ntfs_cluster_free() will
- * perform the necessary mapping and unmapping.
- *
- * Note, __ntfs_cluster_free() saves the state of @ctx on entry and restores it
- * before returning. Thus, @ctx will be left pointing to the same attribute on
- * return as on entry. However, the actual pointers in @ctx may point to
- * different memory locations on return, so you must remember to reset any
- * cached pointers from the @ctx, i.e. after the call to __ntfs_cluster_free(),
- * you will probably want to do:
- * m = ctx->mrec;
- * a = ctx->attr;
- * Assuming you cache ctx->attr in a variable @a of type ATTR_RECORD * and that
- * you cache ctx->mrec in a variable @m of type MFT_RECORD *.
- *
- * @is_rollback should always be 'false', it is for internal use to rollback
- * errors. You probably want to use ntfs_cluster_free() instead.
- *
- * Note, __ntfs_cluster_free() does not modify the runlist, so you have to
- * remove from the runlist or mark sparse the freed runs later.
- *
- * Return the number of deallocated clusters (not counting sparse ones) on
- * success and -errno on error.
- *
- * WARNING: If @ctx is supplied, regardless of whether success or failure is
- * returned, you need to check IS_ERR(@ctx->mrec) and if 'true' the @ctx
- * is no longer valid, i.e. you need to either call
- * ntfs_attr_reinit_search_ctx() or ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx() on it.
- * In that case PTR_ERR(@ctx->mrec) will give you the error code for
- * why the mapping of the old inode failed.
- *
- * Locking: - The runlist described by @ni must be locked for writing on entry
- * and is locked on return. Note the runlist may be modified when
- * needed runlist fragments need to be mapped.
- * - The volume lcn bitmap must be unlocked on entry and is unlocked
- * on return.
- * - This function takes the volume lcn bitmap lock for writing and
- * modifies the bitmap contents.
- * - If @ctx is NULL, the base mft record of @ni must not be mapped on
- * entry and it will be left unmapped on return.
- * - If @ctx is not NULL, the base mft record must be mapped on entry
- * and it will be left mapped on return.
- */
-s64 __ntfs_cluster_free(ntfs_inode *ni, const VCN start_vcn, s64 count,
- ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx, const bool is_rollback)
-{
- s64 delta, to_free, total_freed, real_freed;
- ntfs_volume *vol;
- struct inode *lcnbmp_vi;
- runlist_element *rl;
- int err;
-
- BUG_ON(!ni);
- ntfs_debug("Entering for i_ino 0x%lx, start_vcn 0x%llx, count "
- "0x%llx.%s", ni->mft_no, (unsigned long long)start_vcn,
- (unsigned long long)count,
- is_rollback ? " (rollback)" : "");
- vol = ni->vol;
- lcnbmp_vi = vol->lcnbmp_ino;
- BUG_ON(!lcnbmp_vi);
- BUG_ON(start_vcn < 0);
- BUG_ON(count < -1);
- /*
- * Lock the lcn bitmap for writing but only if not rolling back. We
- * must hold the lock all the way including through rollback otherwise
- * rollback is not possible because once we have cleared a bit and
- * dropped the lock, anyone could have set the bit again, thus
- * allocating the cluster for another use.
- */
- if (likely(!is_rollback))
- down_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
-
- total_freed = real_freed = 0;
-
- rl = ntfs_attr_find_vcn_nolock(ni, start_vcn, ctx);
- if (IS_ERR(rl)) {
- if (!is_rollback)
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to find first runlist "
- "element (error %li), aborting.",
- PTR_ERR(rl));
- err = PTR_ERR(rl);
- goto err_out;
- }
- if (unlikely(rl->lcn < LCN_HOLE)) {
- if (!is_rollback)
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "First runlist element has "
- "invalid lcn, aborting.");
- err = -EIO;
- goto err_out;
- }
- /* Find the starting cluster inside the run that needs freeing. */
- delta = start_vcn - rl->vcn;
-
- /* The number of clusters in this run that need freeing. */
- to_free = rl->length - delta;
- if (count >= 0 && to_free > count)
- to_free = count;
-
- if (likely(rl->lcn >= 0)) {
- /* Do the actual freeing of the clusters in this run. */
- err = ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(lcnbmp_vi, rl->lcn + delta,
- to_free, likely(!is_rollback) ? 0 : 1);
- if (unlikely(err)) {
- if (!is_rollback)
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to clear first run "
- "(error %i), aborting.", err);
- goto err_out;
- }
- /* We have freed @to_free real clusters. */
- real_freed = to_free;
- };
- /* Go to the next run and adjust the number of clusters left to free. */
- ++rl;
- if (count >= 0)
- count -= to_free;
-
- /* Keep track of the total "freed" clusters, including sparse ones. */
- total_freed = to_free;
- /*
- * Loop over the remaining runs, using @count as a capping value, and
- * free them.
- */
- for (; rl->length && count != 0; ++rl) {
- if (unlikely(rl->lcn < LCN_HOLE)) {
- VCN vcn;
-
- /* Attempt to map runlist. */
- vcn = rl->vcn;
- rl = ntfs_attr_find_vcn_nolock(ni, vcn, ctx);
- if (IS_ERR(rl)) {
- err = PTR_ERR(rl);
- if (!is_rollback)
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to map "
- "runlist fragment or "
- "failed to find "
- "subsequent runlist "
- "element.");
- goto err_out;
- }
- if (unlikely(rl->lcn < LCN_HOLE)) {
- if (!is_rollback)
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Runlist element "
- "has invalid lcn "
- "(0x%llx).",
- (unsigned long long)
- rl->lcn);
- err = -EIO;
- goto err_out;
- }
- }
- /* The number of clusters in this run that need freeing. */
- to_free = rl->length;
- if (count >= 0 && to_free > count)
- to_free = count;
-
- if (likely(rl->lcn >= 0)) {
- /* Do the actual freeing of the clusters in the run. */
- err = ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(lcnbmp_vi, rl->lcn,
- to_free, likely(!is_rollback) ? 0 : 1);
- if (unlikely(err)) {
- if (!is_rollback)
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to clear "
- "subsequent run.");
- goto err_out;
- }
- /* We have freed @to_free real clusters. */
- real_freed += to_free;
- }
- /* Adjust the number of clusters left to free. */
- if (count >= 0)
- count -= to_free;
-
- /* Update the total done clusters. */
- total_freed += to_free;
- }
- if (likely(!is_rollback))
- up_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
-
- BUG_ON(count > 0);
-
- /* We are done. Return the number of actually freed clusters. */
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return real_freed;
-err_out:
- if (is_rollback)
- return err;
- /* If no real clusters were freed, no need to rollback. */
- if (!real_freed) {
- up_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
- return err;
- }
- /*
- * Attempt to rollback and if that succeeds just return the error code.
- * If rollback fails, set the volume errors flag, emit an error
- * message, and return the error code.
- */
- delta = __ntfs_cluster_free(ni, start_vcn, total_freed, ctx, true);
- if (delta < 0) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to rollback (error %i). Leaving "
- "inconsistent metadata! Unmount and run "
- "chkdsk.", (int)delta);
- NVolSetErrors(vol);
- }
- up_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Aborting (error %i).", err);
- return err;
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.h b/fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1589a6d8434b..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * lcnalloc.h - Exports for NTFS kernel cluster (de)allocation. Part of the
- * Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_LCNALLOC_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_LCNALLOC_H
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-
-#include "attrib.h"
-#include "types.h"
-#include "inode.h"
-#include "runlist.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-
-typedef enum {
- FIRST_ZONE = 0, /* For sanity checking. */
- MFT_ZONE = 0, /* Allocate from $MFT zone. */
- DATA_ZONE = 1, /* Allocate from $DATA zone. */
- LAST_ZONE = 1, /* For sanity checking. */
-} NTFS_CLUSTER_ALLOCATION_ZONES;
-
-extern runlist_element *ntfs_cluster_alloc(ntfs_volume *vol,
- const VCN start_vcn, const s64 count, const LCN start_lcn,
- const NTFS_CLUSTER_ALLOCATION_ZONES zone,
- const bool is_extension);
-
-extern s64 __ntfs_cluster_free(ntfs_inode *ni, const VCN start_vcn,
- s64 count, ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx, const bool is_rollback);
-
-/**
- * ntfs_cluster_free - free clusters on an ntfs volume
- * @ni: ntfs inode whose runlist describes the clusters to free
- * @start_vcn: vcn in the runlist of @ni at which to start freeing clusters
- * @count: number of clusters to free or -1 for all clusters
- * @ctx: active attribute search context if present or NULL if not
- *
- * Free @count clusters starting at the cluster @start_vcn in the runlist
- * described by the ntfs inode @ni.
- *
- * If @count is -1, all clusters from @start_vcn to the end of the runlist are
- * deallocated. Thus, to completely free all clusters in a runlist, use
- * @start_vcn = 0 and @count = -1.
- *
- * If @ctx is specified, it is an active search context of @ni and its base mft
- * record. This is needed when ntfs_cluster_free() encounters unmapped runlist
- * fragments and allows their mapping. If you do not have the mft record
- * mapped, you can specify @ctx as NULL and ntfs_cluster_free() will perform
- * the necessary mapping and unmapping.
- *
- * Note, ntfs_cluster_free() saves the state of @ctx on entry and restores it
- * before returning. Thus, @ctx will be left pointing to the same attribute on
- * return as on entry. However, the actual pointers in @ctx may point to
- * different memory locations on return, so you must remember to reset any
- * cached pointers from the @ctx, i.e. after the call to ntfs_cluster_free(),
- * you will probably want to do:
- * m = ctx->mrec;
- * a = ctx->attr;
- * Assuming you cache ctx->attr in a variable @a of type ATTR_RECORD * and that
- * you cache ctx->mrec in a variable @m of type MFT_RECORD *.
- *
- * Note, ntfs_cluster_free() does not modify the runlist, so you have to remove
- * from the runlist or mark sparse the freed runs later.
- *
- * Return the number of deallocated clusters (not counting sparse ones) on
- * success and -errno on error.
- *
- * WARNING: If @ctx is supplied, regardless of whether success or failure is
- * returned, you need to check IS_ERR(@ctx->mrec) and if 'true' the @ctx
- * is no longer valid, i.e. you need to either call
- * ntfs_attr_reinit_search_ctx() or ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx() on it.
- * In that case PTR_ERR(@ctx->mrec) will give you the error code for
- * why the mapping of the old inode failed.
- *
- * Locking: - The runlist described by @ni must be locked for writing on entry
- * and is locked on return. Note the runlist may be modified when
- * needed runlist fragments need to be mapped.
- * - The volume lcn bitmap must be unlocked on entry and is unlocked
- * on return.
- * - This function takes the volume lcn bitmap lock for writing and
- * modifies the bitmap contents.
- * - If @ctx is NULL, the base mft record of @ni must not be mapped on
- * entry and it will be left unmapped on return.
- * - If @ctx is not NULL, the base mft record must be mapped on entry
- * and it will be left mapped on return.
- */
-static inline s64 ntfs_cluster_free(ntfs_inode *ni, const VCN start_vcn,
- s64 count, ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx)
-{
- return __ntfs_cluster_free(ni, start_vcn, count, ctx, false);
-}
-
-extern int ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl_nolock(ntfs_volume *vol,
- const runlist_element *rl);
-
-/**
- * ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl - free clusters from runlist
- * @vol: mounted ntfs volume on which to free the clusters
- * @rl: runlist describing the clusters to free
- *
- * Free all the clusters described by the runlist @rl on the volume @vol. In
- * the case of an error being returned, at least some of the clusters were not
- * freed.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -errno on error.
- *
- * Locking: - This function takes the volume lcn bitmap lock for writing and
- * modifies the bitmap contents.
- * - The caller must have locked the runlist @rl for reading or
- * writing.
- */
-static inline int ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl(ntfs_volume *vol,
- const runlist_element *rl)
-{
- int ret;
-
- down_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
- ret = ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl_nolock(vol, rl);
- up_write(&vol->lcnbmp_lock);
- return ret;
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* defined _LINUX_NTFS_LCNALLOC_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/logfile.c b/fs/ntfs/logfile.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ce60ffc6ac0..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/logfile.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,849 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * logfile.c - NTFS kernel journal handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2002-2007 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include <linux/types.h>
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-#include <linux/highmem.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
-#include <linux/bitops.h>
-#include <linux/log2.h>
-#include <linux/bio.h>
-
-#include "attrib.h"
-#include "aops.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "logfile.h"
-#include "malloc.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-/**
- * ntfs_check_restart_page_header - check the page header for consistency
- * @vi: $LogFile inode to which the restart page header belongs
- * @rp: restart page header to check
- * @pos: position in @vi at which the restart page header resides
- *
- * Check the restart page header @rp for consistency and return 'true' if it is
- * consistent and 'false' otherwise.
- *
- * This function only needs NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in @rp, i.e. it does not
- * require the full restart page.
- */
-static bool ntfs_check_restart_page_header(struct inode *vi,
- RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp, s64 pos)
-{
- u32 logfile_system_page_size, logfile_log_page_size;
- u16 ra_ofs, usa_count, usa_ofs, usa_end = 0;
- bool have_usa = true;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- /*
- * If the system or log page sizes are smaller than the ntfs block size
- * or either is not a power of 2 we cannot handle this log file.
- */
- logfile_system_page_size = le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size);
- logfile_log_page_size = le32_to_cpu(rp->log_page_size);
- if (logfile_system_page_size < NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE ||
- logfile_log_page_size < NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE ||
- logfile_system_page_size &
- (logfile_system_page_size - 1) ||
- !is_power_of_2(logfile_log_page_size)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile uses unsupported page size.");
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * We must be either at !pos (1st restart page) or at pos = system page
- * size (2nd restart page).
- */
- if (pos && pos != logfile_system_page_size) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "Found restart area in incorrect "
- "position in $LogFile.");
- return false;
- }
- /* We only know how to handle version 1.1. */
- if (sle16_to_cpu(rp->major_ver) != 1 ||
- sle16_to_cpu(rp->minor_ver) != 1) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile version %i.%i is not "
- "supported. (This driver supports version "
- "1.1 only.)", (int)sle16_to_cpu(rp->major_ver),
- (int)sle16_to_cpu(rp->minor_ver));
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * If chkdsk has been run the restart page may not be protected by an
- * update sequence array.
- */
- if (ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic) && !le16_to_cpu(rp->usa_count)) {
- have_usa = false;
- goto skip_usa_checks;
- }
- /* Verify the size of the update sequence array. */
- usa_count = 1 + (logfile_system_page_size >> NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS);
- if (usa_count != le16_to_cpu(rp->usa_count)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart page specifies "
- "inconsistent update sequence array count.");
- return false;
- }
- /* Verify the position of the update sequence array. */
- usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(rp->usa_ofs);
- usa_end = usa_ofs + usa_count * sizeof(u16);
- if (usa_ofs < sizeof(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER) ||
- usa_end > NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - sizeof(u16)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart page specifies "
- "inconsistent update sequence array offset.");
- return false;
- }
-skip_usa_checks:
- /*
- * Verify the position of the restart area. It must be:
- * - aligned to 8-byte boundary,
- * - after the update sequence array, and
- * - within the system page size.
- */
- ra_ofs = le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset);
- if (ra_ofs & 7 || (have_usa ? ra_ofs < usa_end :
- ra_ofs < sizeof(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER)) ||
- ra_ofs > logfile_system_page_size) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart page specifies "
- "inconsistent restart area offset.");
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * Only restart pages modified by chkdsk are allowed to have chkdsk_lsn
- * set.
- */
- if (!ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic) && sle64_to_cpu(rp->chkdsk_lsn)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart page is not modified "
- "by chkdsk but a chkdsk LSN is specified.");
- return false;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_check_restart_area - check the restart area for consistency
- * @vi: $LogFile inode to which the restart page belongs
- * @rp: restart page whose restart area to check
- *
- * Check the restart area of the restart page @rp for consistency and return
- * 'true' if it is consistent and 'false' otherwise.
- *
- * This function assumes that the restart page header has already been
- * consistency checked.
- *
- * This function only needs NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in @rp, i.e. it does not
- * require the full restart page.
- */
-static bool ntfs_check_restart_area(struct inode *vi, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp)
-{
- u64 file_size;
- RESTART_AREA *ra;
- u16 ra_ofs, ra_len, ca_ofs;
- u8 fs_bits;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- ra_ofs = le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset);
- ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + ra_ofs);
- /*
- * Everything before ra->file_size must be before the first word
- * protected by an update sequence number. This ensures that it is
- * safe to access ra->client_array_offset.
- */
- if (ra_ofs + offsetof(RESTART_AREA, file_size) >
- NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - sizeof(u16)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart area specifies "
- "inconsistent file offset.");
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * Now that we can access ra->client_array_offset, make sure everything
- * up to the log client array is before the first word protected by an
- * update sequence number. This ensures we can access all of the
- * restart area elements safely. Also, the client array offset must be
- * aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
- */
- ca_ofs = le16_to_cpu(ra->client_array_offset);
- if (((ca_ofs + 7) & ~7) != ca_ofs ||
- ra_ofs + ca_ofs > NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - sizeof(u16)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart area specifies "
- "inconsistent client array offset.");
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * The restart area must end within the system page size both when
- * calculated manually and as specified by ra->restart_area_length.
- * Also, the calculated length must not exceed the specified length.
- */
- ra_len = ca_ofs + le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients) *
- sizeof(LOG_CLIENT_RECORD);
- if (ra_ofs + ra_len > le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size) ||
- ra_ofs + le16_to_cpu(ra->restart_area_length) >
- le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size) ||
- ra_len > le16_to_cpu(ra->restart_area_length)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart area is out of bounds "
- "of the system page size specified by the "
- "restart page header and/or the specified "
- "restart area length is inconsistent.");
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * The ra->client_free_list and ra->client_in_use_list must be either
- * LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT or less than ra->log_clients or they are
- * overflowing the client array.
- */
- if ((ra->client_free_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT &&
- le16_to_cpu(ra->client_free_list) >=
- le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients)) ||
- (ra->client_in_use_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT &&
- le16_to_cpu(ra->client_in_use_list) >=
- le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients))) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart area specifies "
- "overflowing client free and/or in use lists.");
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * Check ra->seq_number_bits against ra->file_size for consistency.
- * We cannot just use ffs() because the file size is not a power of 2.
- */
- file_size = (u64)sle64_to_cpu(ra->file_size);
- fs_bits = 0;
- while (file_size) {
- file_size >>= 1;
- fs_bits++;
- }
- if (le32_to_cpu(ra->seq_number_bits) != 67 - fs_bits) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart area specifies "
- "inconsistent sequence number bits.");
- return false;
- }
- /* The log record header length must be a multiple of 8. */
- if (((le16_to_cpu(ra->log_record_header_length) + 7) & ~7) !=
- le16_to_cpu(ra->log_record_header_length)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart area specifies "
- "inconsistent log record header length.");
- return false;
- }
- /* Dito for the log page data offset. */
- if (((le16_to_cpu(ra->log_page_data_offset) + 7) & ~7) !=
- le16_to_cpu(ra->log_page_data_offset)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile restart area specifies "
- "inconsistent log page data offset.");
- return false;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_check_log_client_array - check the log client array for consistency
- * @vi: $LogFile inode to which the restart page belongs
- * @rp: restart page whose log client array to check
- *
- * Check the log client array of the restart page @rp for consistency and
- * return 'true' if it is consistent and 'false' otherwise.
- *
- * This function assumes that the restart page header and the restart area have
- * already been consistency checked.
- *
- * Unlike ntfs_check_restart_page_header() and ntfs_check_restart_area(), this
- * function needs @rp->system_page_size bytes in @rp, i.e. it requires the full
- * restart page and the page must be multi sector transfer deprotected.
- */
-static bool ntfs_check_log_client_array(struct inode *vi,
- RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp)
-{
- RESTART_AREA *ra;
- LOG_CLIENT_RECORD *ca, *cr;
- u16 nr_clients, idx;
- bool in_free_list, idx_is_first;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset));
- ca = (LOG_CLIENT_RECORD*)((u8*)ra +
- le16_to_cpu(ra->client_array_offset));
- /*
- * Check the ra->client_free_list first and then check the
- * ra->client_in_use_list. Check each of the log client records in
- * each of the lists and check that the array does not overflow the
- * ra->log_clients value. Also keep track of the number of records
- * visited as there cannot be more than ra->log_clients records and
- * that way we detect eventual loops in within a list.
- */
- nr_clients = le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients);
- idx = le16_to_cpu(ra->client_free_list);
- in_free_list = true;
-check_list:
- for (idx_is_first = true; idx != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT_CPU; nr_clients--,
- idx = le16_to_cpu(cr->next_client)) {
- if (!nr_clients || idx >= le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients))
- goto err_out;
- /* Set @cr to the current log client record. */
- cr = ca + idx;
- /* The first log client record must not have a prev_client. */
- if (idx_is_first) {
- if (cr->prev_client != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT)
- goto err_out;
- idx_is_first = false;
- }
- }
- /* Switch to and check the in use list if we just did the free list. */
- if (in_free_list) {
- in_free_list = false;
- idx = le16_to_cpu(ra->client_in_use_list);
- goto check_list;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
-err_out:
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "$LogFile log client array is corrupt.");
- return false;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_check_and_load_restart_page - check the restart page for consistency
- * @vi: $LogFile inode to which the restart page belongs
- * @rp: restart page to check
- * @pos: position in @vi at which the restart page resides
- * @wrp: [OUT] copy of the multi sector transfer deprotected restart page
- * @lsn: [OUT] set to the current logfile lsn on success
- *
- * Check the restart page @rp for consistency and return 0 if it is consistent
- * and -errno otherwise. The restart page may have been modified by chkdsk in
- * which case its magic is CHKD instead of RSTR.
- *
- * This function only needs NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in @rp, i.e. it does not
- * require the full restart page.
- *
- * If @wrp is not NULL, on success, *@wrp will point to a buffer containing a
- * copy of the complete multi sector transfer deprotected page. On failure,
- * *@wrp is undefined.
- *
- * Simillarly, if @lsn is not NULL, on success *@lsn will be set to the current
- * logfile lsn according to this restart page. On failure, *@lsn is undefined.
- *
- * The following error codes are defined:
- * -EINVAL - The restart page is inconsistent.
- * -ENOMEM - Not enough memory to load the restart page.
- * -EIO - Failed to reading from $LogFile.
- */
-static int ntfs_check_and_load_restart_page(struct inode *vi,
- RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp, s64 pos, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER **wrp,
- LSN *lsn)
-{
- RESTART_AREA *ra;
- RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *trp;
- int size, err;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- /* Check the restart page header for consistency. */
- if (!ntfs_check_restart_page_header(vi, rp, pos)) {
- /* Error output already done inside the function. */
- return -EINVAL;
- }
- /* Check the restart area for consistency. */
- if (!ntfs_check_restart_area(vi, rp)) {
- /* Error output already done inside the function. */
- return -EINVAL;
- }
- ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset));
- /*
- * Allocate a buffer to store the whole restart page so we can multi
- * sector transfer deprotect it.
- */
- trp = ntfs_malloc_nofs(le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size));
- if (!trp) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "Failed to allocate memory for $LogFile "
- "restart page buffer.");
- return -ENOMEM;
- }
- /*
- * Read the whole of the restart page into the buffer. If it fits
- * completely inside @rp, just copy it from there. Otherwise map all
- * the required pages and copy the data from them.
- */
- size = PAGE_SIZE - (pos & ~PAGE_MASK);
- if (size >= le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size)) {
- memcpy(trp, rp, le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size));
- } else {
- pgoff_t idx;
- struct page *page;
- int have_read, to_read;
-
- /* First copy what we already have in @rp. */
- memcpy(trp, rp, size);
- /* Copy the remaining data one page at a time. */
- have_read = size;
- to_read = le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size) - size;
- idx = (pos + size) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
- BUG_ON((pos + size) & ~PAGE_MASK);
- do {
- page = ntfs_map_page(vi->i_mapping, idx);
- if (IS_ERR(page)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "Error mapping $LogFile "
- "page (index %lu).", idx);
- err = PTR_ERR(page);
- if (err != -EIO && err != -ENOMEM)
- err = -EIO;
- goto err_out;
- }
- size = min_t(int, to_read, PAGE_SIZE);
- memcpy((u8*)trp + have_read, page_address(page), size);
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- have_read += size;
- to_read -= size;
- idx++;
- } while (to_read > 0);
- }
- /*
- * Perform the multi sector transfer deprotection on the buffer if the
- * restart page is protected.
- */
- if ((!ntfs_is_chkd_record(trp->magic) || le16_to_cpu(trp->usa_count))
- && post_read_mst_fixup((NTFS_RECORD*)trp,
- le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size))) {
- /*
- * A multi sector tranfer error was detected. We only need to
- * abort if the restart page contents exceed the multi sector
- * transfer fixup of the first sector.
- */
- if (le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset) +
- le16_to_cpu(ra->restart_area_length) >
- NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - sizeof(u16)) {
- ntfs_error(vi->i_sb, "Multi sector transfer error "
- "detected in $LogFile restart page.");
- err = -EINVAL;
- goto err_out;
- }
- }
- /*
- * If the restart page is modified by chkdsk or there are no active
- * logfile clients, the logfile is consistent. Otherwise, need to
- * check the log client records for consistency, too.
- */
- err = 0;
- if (ntfs_is_rstr_record(rp->magic) &&
- ra->client_in_use_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT) {
- if (!ntfs_check_log_client_array(vi, trp)) {
- err = -EINVAL;
- goto err_out;
- }
- }
- if (lsn) {
- if (ntfs_is_rstr_record(rp->magic))
- *lsn = sle64_to_cpu(ra->current_lsn);
- else /* if (ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic)) */
- *lsn = sle64_to_cpu(rp->chkdsk_lsn);
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- if (wrp)
- *wrp = trp;
- else {
-err_out:
- ntfs_free(trp);
- }
- return err;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_check_logfile - check the journal for consistency
- * @log_vi: struct inode of loaded journal $LogFile to check
- * @rp: [OUT] on success this is a copy of the current restart page
- *
- * Check the $LogFile journal for consistency and return 'true' if it is
- * consistent and 'false' if not. On success, the current restart page is
- * returned in *@rp. Caller must call ntfs_free(*@rp) when finished with it.
- *
- * At present we only check the two restart pages and ignore the log record
- * pages.
- *
- * Note that the MstProtected flag is not set on the $LogFile inode and hence
- * when reading pages they are not deprotected. This is because we do not know
- * if the $LogFile was created on a system with a different page size to ours
- * yet and mst deprotection would fail if our page size is smaller.
- */
-bool ntfs_check_logfile(struct inode *log_vi, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER **rp)
-{
- s64 size, pos;
- LSN rstr1_lsn, rstr2_lsn;
- ntfs_volume *vol = NTFS_SB(log_vi->i_sb);
- struct address_space *mapping = log_vi->i_mapping;
- struct page *page = NULL;
- u8 *kaddr = NULL;
- RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rstr1_ph = NULL;
- RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rstr2_ph = NULL;
- int log_page_size, err;
- bool logfile_is_empty = true;
- u8 log_page_bits;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- /* An empty $LogFile must have been clean before it got emptied. */
- if (NVolLogFileEmpty(vol))
- goto is_empty;
- size = i_size_read(log_vi);
- /* Make sure the file doesn't exceed the maximum allowed size. */
- if (size > MaxLogFileSize)
- size = MaxLogFileSize;
- /*
- * Truncate size to a multiple of the page cache size or the default
- * log page size if the page cache size is between the default log page
- * log page size if the page cache size is between the default log page
- * size and twice that.
- */
- if (PAGE_SIZE >= DefaultLogPageSize && PAGE_SIZE <=
- DefaultLogPageSize * 2)
- log_page_size = DefaultLogPageSize;
- else
- log_page_size = PAGE_SIZE;
- /*
- * Use ntfs_ffs() instead of ffs() to enable the compiler to
- * optimize log_page_size and log_page_bits into constants.
- */
- log_page_bits = ntfs_ffs(log_page_size) - 1;
- size &= ~(s64)(log_page_size - 1);
- /*
- * Ensure the log file is big enough to store at least the two restart
- * pages and the minimum number of log record pages.
- */
- if (size < log_page_size * 2 || (size - log_page_size * 2) >>
- log_page_bits < MinLogRecordPages) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "$LogFile is too small.");
- return false;
- }
- /*
- * Read through the file looking for a restart page. Since the restart
- * page header is at the beginning of a page we only need to search at
- * what could be the beginning of a page (for each page size) rather
- * than scanning the whole file byte by byte. If all potential places
- * contain empty and uninitialzed records, the log file can be assumed
- * to be empty.
- */
- for (pos = 0; pos < size; pos <<= 1) {
- pgoff_t idx = pos >> PAGE_SHIFT;
- if (!page || page->index != idx) {
- if (page)
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- page = ntfs_map_page(mapping, idx);
- if (IS_ERR(page)) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Error mapping $LogFile "
- "page (index %lu).", idx);
- goto err_out;
- }
- }
- kaddr = (u8*)page_address(page) + (pos & ~PAGE_MASK);
- /*
- * A non-empty block means the logfile is not empty while an
- * empty block after a non-empty block has been encountered
- * means we are done.
- */
- if (!ntfs_is_empty_recordp((le32*)kaddr))
- logfile_is_empty = false;
- else if (!logfile_is_empty)
- break;
- /*
- * A log record page means there cannot be a restart page after
- * this so no need to continue searching.
- */
- if (ntfs_is_rcrd_recordp((le32*)kaddr))
- break;
- /* If not a (modified by chkdsk) restart page, continue. */
- if (!ntfs_is_rstr_recordp((le32*)kaddr) &&
- !ntfs_is_chkd_recordp((le32*)kaddr)) {
- if (!pos)
- pos = NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE >> 1;
- continue;
- }
- /*
- * Check the (modified by chkdsk) restart page for consistency
- * and get a copy of the complete multi sector transfer
- * deprotected restart page.
- */
- err = ntfs_check_and_load_restart_page(log_vi,
- (RESTART_PAGE_HEADER*)kaddr, pos,
- !rstr1_ph ? &rstr1_ph : &rstr2_ph,
- !rstr1_ph ? &rstr1_lsn : &rstr2_lsn);
- if (!err) {
- /*
- * If we have now found the first (modified by chkdsk)
- * restart page, continue looking for the second one.
- */
- if (!pos) {
- pos = NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE >> 1;
- continue;
- }
- /*
- * We have now found the second (modified by chkdsk)
- * restart page, so we can stop looking.
- */
- break;
- }
- /*
- * Error output already done inside the function. Note, we do
- * not abort if the restart page was invalid as we might still
- * find a valid one further in the file.
- */
- if (err != -EINVAL) {
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- goto err_out;
- }
- /* Continue looking. */
- if (!pos)
- pos = NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE >> 1;
- }
- if (page)
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- if (logfile_is_empty) {
- NVolSetLogFileEmpty(vol);
-is_empty:
- ntfs_debug("Done. ($LogFile is empty.)");
- return true;
- }
- if (!rstr1_ph) {
- BUG_ON(rstr2_ph);
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Did not find any restart pages in "
- "$LogFile and it was not empty.");
- return false;
- }
- /* If both restart pages were found, use the more recent one. */
- if (rstr2_ph) {
- /*
- * If the second restart area is more recent, switch to it.
- * Otherwise just throw it away.
- */
- if (rstr2_lsn > rstr1_lsn) {
- ntfs_debug("Using second restart page as it is more "
- "recent.");
- ntfs_free(rstr1_ph);
- rstr1_ph = rstr2_ph;
- /* rstr1_lsn = rstr2_lsn; */
- } else {
- ntfs_debug("Using first restart page as it is more "
- "recent.");
- ntfs_free(rstr2_ph);
- }
- rstr2_ph = NULL;
- }
- /* All consistency checks passed. */
- if (rp)
- *rp = rstr1_ph;
- else
- ntfs_free(rstr1_ph);
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
-err_out:
- if (rstr1_ph)
- ntfs_free(rstr1_ph);
- return false;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_is_logfile_clean - check in the journal if the volume is clean
- * @log_vi: struct inode of loaded journal $LogFile to check
- * @rp: copy of the current restart page
- *
- * Analyze the $LogFile journal and return 'true' if it indicates the volume was
- * shutdown cleanly and 'false' if not.
- *
- * At present we only look at the two restart pages and ignore the log record
- * pages. This is a little bit crude in that there will be a very small number
- * of cases where we think that a volume is dirty when in fact it is clean.
- * This should only affect volumes that have not been shutdown cleanly but did
- * not have any pending, non-check-pointed i/o, i.e. they were completely idle
- * at least for the five seconds preceding the unclean shutdown.
- *
- * This function assumes that the $LogFile journal has already been consistency
- * checked by a call to ntfs_check_logfile() and in particular if the $LogFile
- * is empty this function requires that NVolLogFileEmpty() is true otherwise an
- * empty volume will be reported as dirty.
- */
-bool ntfs_is_logfile_clean(struct inode *log_vi, const RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp)
-{
- ntfs_volume *vol = NTFS_SB(log_vi->i_sb);
- RESTART_AREA *ra;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- /* An empty $LogFile must have been clean before it got emptied. */
- if (NVolLogFileEmpty(vol)) {
- ntfs_debug("Done. ($LogFile is empty.)");
- return true;
- }
- BUG_ON(!rp);
- if (!ntfs_is_rstr_record(rp->magic) &&
- !ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic)) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Restart page buffer is invalid. This is "
- "probably a bug in that the $LogFile should "
- "have been consistency checked before calling "
- "this function.");
- return false;
- }
- ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset));
- /*
- * If the $LogFile has active clients, i.e. it is open, and we do not
- * have the RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN bit set in the restart area flags,
- * we assume there was an unclean shutdown.
- */
- if (ra->client_in_use_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT &&
- !(ra->flags & RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN)) {
- ntfs_debug("Done. $LogFile indicates a dirty shutdown.");
- return false;
- }
- /* $LogFile indicates a clean shutdown. */
- ntfs_debug("Done. $LogFile indicates a clean shutdown.");
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_empty_logfile - empty the contents of the $LogFile journal
- * @log_vi: struct inode of loaded journal $LogFile to empty
- *
- * Empty the contents of the $LogFile journal @log_vi and return 'true' on
- * success and 'false' on error.
- *
- * This function assumes that the $LogFile journal has already been consistency
- * checked by a call to ntfs_check_logfile() and that ntfs_is_logfile_clean()
- * has been used to ensure that the $LogFile is clean.
- */
-bool ntfs_empty_logfile(struct inode *log_vi)
-{
- VCN vcn, end_vcn;
- ntfs_inode *log_ni = NTFS_I(log_vi);
- ntfs_volume *vol = log_ni->vol;
- struct super_block *sb = vol->sb;
- runlist_element *rl;
- unsigned long flags;
- unsigned block_size, block_size_bits;
- int err;
- bool should_wait = true;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- if (NVolLogFileEmpty(vol)) {
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
- }
- /*
- * We cannot use ntfs_attr_set() because we may be still in the middle
- * of a mount operation. Thus we do the emptying by hand by first
- * zapping the page cache pages for the $LogFile/$DATA attribute and
- * then emptying each of the buffers in each of the clusters specified
- * by the runlist by hand.
- */
- block_size = sb->s_blocksize;
- block_size_bits = sb->s_blocksize_bits;
- vcn = 0;
- read_lock_irqsave(&log_ni->size_lock, flags);
- end_vcn = (log_ni->initialized_size + vol->cluster_size_mask) >>
- vol->cluster_size_bits;
- read_unlock_irqrestore(&log_ni->size_lock, flags);
- truncate_inode_pages(log_vi->i_mapping, 0);
- down_write(&log_ni->runlist.lock);
- rl = log_ni->runlist.rl;
- if (unlikely(!rl || vcn < rl->vcn || !rl->length)) {
-map_vcn:
- err = ntfs_map_runlist_nolock(log_ni, vcn, NULL);
- if (err) {
- ntfs_error(sb, "Failed to map runlist fragment (error "
- "%d).", -err);
- goto err;
- }
- rl = log_ni->runlist.rl;
- BUG_ON(!rl || vcn < rl->vcn || !rl->length);
- }
- /* Seek to the runlist element containing @vcn. */
- while (rl->length && vcn >= rl[1].vcn)
- rl++;
- do {
- LCN lcn;
- sector_t block, end_block;
- s64 len;
-
- /*
- * If this run is not mapped map it now and start again as the
- * runlist will have been updated.
- */
- lcn = rl->lcn;
- if (unlikely(lcn == LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED)) {
- vcn = rl->vcn;
- goto map_vcn;
- }
- /* If this run is not valid abort with an error. */
- if (unlikely(!rl->length || lcn < LCN_HOLE))
- goto rl_err;
- /* Skip holes. */
- if (lcn == LCN_HOLE)
- continue;
- block = lcn << vol->cluster_size_bits >> block_size_bits;
- len = rl->length;
- if (rl[1].vcn > end_vcn)
- len = end_vcn - rl->vcn;
- end_block = (lcn + len) << vol->cluster_size_bits >>
- block_size_bits;
- /* Iterate over the blocks in the run and empty them. */
- do {
- struct buffer_head *bh;
-
- /* Obtain the buffer, possibly not uptodate. */
- bh = sb_getblk(sb, block);
- BUG_ON(!bh);
- /* Setup buffer i/o submission. */
- lock_buffer(bh);
- bh->b_end_io = end_buffer_write_sync;
- get_bh(bh);
- /* Set the entire contents of the buffer to 0xff. */
- memset(bh->b_data, -1, block_size);
- if (!buffer_uptodate(bh))
- set_buffer_uptodate(bh);
- if (buffer_dirty(bh))
- clear_buffer_dirty(bh);
- /*
- * Submit the buffer and wait for i/o to complete but
- * only for the first buffer so we do not miss really
- * serious i/o errors. Once the first buffer has
- * completed ignore errors afterwards as we can assume
- * that if one buffer worked all of them will work.
- */
- submit_bh(REQ_OP_WRITE, bh);
- if (should_wait) {
- should_wait = false;
- wait_on_buffer(bh);
- if (unlikely(!buffer_uptodate(bh)))
- goto io_err;
- }
- brelse(bh);
- } while (++block < end_block);
- } while ((++rl)->vcn < end_vcn);
- up_write(&log_ni->runlist.lock);
- /*
- * Zap the pages again just in case any got instantiated whilst we were
- * emptying the blocks by hand. FIXME: We may not have completed
- * writing to all the buffer heads yet so this may happen too early.
- * We really should use a kernel thread to do the emptying
- * asynchronously and then we can also set the volume dirty and output
- * an error message if emptying should fail.
- */
- truncate_inode_pages(log_vi->i_mapping, 0);
- /* Set the flag so we do not have to do it again on remount. */
- NVolSetLogFileEmpty(vol);
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
-io_err:
- ntfs_error(sb, "Failed to write buffer. Unmount and run chkdsk.");
- goto dirty_err;
-rl_err:
- ntfs_error(sb, "Runlist is corrupt. Unmount and run chkdsk.");
-dirty_err:
- NVolSetErrors(vol);
- err = -EIO;
-err:
- up_write(&log_ni->runlist.lock);
- ntfs_error(sb, "Failed to fill $LogFile with 0xff bytes (error %d).",
- -err);
- return false;
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/logfile.h b/fs/ntfs/logfile.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 429d4909cc72..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/logfile.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * logfile.h - Defines for NTFS kernel journal ($LogFile) handling. Part of
- * the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2000-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_LOGFILE_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_LOGFILE_H
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "endian.h"
-#include "layout.h"
-
-/*
- * Journal ($LogFile) organization:
- *
- * Two restart areas present in the first two pages (restart pages, one restart
- * area in each page). When the volume is dismounted they should be identical,
- * except for the update sequence array which usually has a different update
- * sequence number.
- *
- * These are followed by log records organized in pages headed by a log record
- * header going up to log file size. Not all pages contain log records when a
- * volume is first formatted, but as the volume ages, all records will be used.
- * When the log file fills up, the records at the beginning are purged (by
- * modifying the oldest_lsn to a higher value presumably) and writing begins
- * at the beginning of the file. Effectively, the log file is viewed as a
- * circular entity.
- *
- * NOTE: Windows NT, 2000, and XP all use log file version 1.1 but they accept
- * versions <= 1.x, including 0.-1. (Yes, that is a minus one in there!) We
- * probably only want to support 1.1 as this seems to be the current version
- * and we don't know how that differs from the older versions. The only
- * exception is if the journal is clean as marked by the two restart pages
- * then it doesn't matter whether we are on an earlier version. We can just
- * reinitialize the logfile and start again with version 1.1.
- */
-
-/* Some $LogFile related constants. */
-#define MaxLogFileSize 0x100000000ULL
-#define DefaultLogPageSize 4096
-#define MinLogRecordPages 48
-
-/*
- * Log file restart page header (begins the restart area).
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0 NTFS_RECORD; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
-/* 0*/ NTFS_RECORD_TYPE magic; /* The magic is "RSTR". */
-/* 4*/ le16 usa_ofs; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition in layout.h.
- When creating, set this to be immediately
- after this header structure (without any
- alignment). */
-/* 6*/ le16 usa_count; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition in layout.h. */
-
-/* 8*/ leLSN chkdsk_lsn; /* The last log file sequence number found by
- chkdsk. Only used when the magic is changed
- to "CHKD". Otherwise this is zero. */
-/* 16*/ le32 system_page_size; /* Byte size of system pages when the log file
- was created, has to be >= 512 and a power of
- 2. Use this to calculate the required size
- of the usa (usa_count) and add it to usa_ofs.
- Then verify that the result is less than the
- value of the restart_area_offset. */
-/* 20*/ le32 log_page_size; /* Byte size of log file pages, has to be >=
- 512 and a power of 2. The default is 4096
- and is used when the system page size is
- between 4096 and 8192. Otherwise this is
- set to the system page size instead. */
-/* 24*/ le16 restart_area_offset;/* Byte offset from the start of this header to
- the RESTART_AREA. Value has to be aligned
- to 8-byte boundary. When creating, set this
- to be after the usa. */
-/* 26*/ sle16 minor_ver; /* Log file minor version. Only check if major
- version is 1. */
-/* 28*/ sle16 major_ver; /* Log file major version. We only support
- version 1.1. */
-/* sizeof() = 30 (0x1e) bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) RESTART_PAGE_HEADER;
-
-/*
- * Constant for the log client indices meaning that there are no client records
- * in this particular client array. Also inside the client records themselves,
- * this means that there are no client records preceding or following this one.
- */
-#define LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT cpu_to_le16(0xffff)
-#define LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT_CPU 0xffff
-
-/*
- * These are the so far known RESTART_AREA_* flags (16-bit) which contain
- * information about the log file in which they are present.
- */
-enum {
- RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN = cpu_to_le16(0x0002),
- RESTART_SPACE_FILLER = cpu_to_le16(0xffff), /* gcc: Force enum bit width to 16. */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__));
-
-typedef le16 RESTART_AREA_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * Log file restart area record. The offset of this record is found by adding
- * the offset of the RESTART_PAGE_HEADER to the restart_area_offset value found
- * in it. See notes at restart_area_offset above.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/ leLSN current_lsn; /* The current, i.e. last LSN inside the log
- when the restart area was last written.
- This happens often but what is the interval?
- Is it just fixed time or is it every time a
- check point is written or somethine else?
- On create set to 0. */
-/* 8*/ le16 log_clients; /* Number of log client records in the array of
- log client records which follows this
- restart area. Must be 1. */
-/* 10*/ le16 client_free_list; /* The index of the first free log client record
- in the array of log client records.
- LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means that there are no
- free log client records in the array.
- If != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, check that
- log_clients > client_free_list. On Win2k
- and presumably earlier, on a clean volume
- this is != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, and it should
- be 0, i.e. the first (and only) client
- record is free and thus the logfile is
- closed and hence clean. A dirty volume
- would have left the logfile open and hence
- this would be LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. On WinXP
- and presumably later, the logfile is always
- open, even on clean shutdown so this should
- always be LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. */
-/* 12*/ le16 client_in_use_list;/* The index of the first in-use log client
- record in the array of log client records.
- LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means that there are no
- in-use log client records in the array. If
- != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT check that log_clients
- > client_in_use_list. On Win2k and
- presumably earlier, on a clean volume this
- is LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, i.e. there are no
- client records in use and thus the logfile
- is closed and hence clean. A dirty volume
- would have left the logfile open and hence
- this would be != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, and it
- should be 0, i.e. the first (and only)
- client record is in use. On WinXP and
- presumably later, the logfile is always
- open, even on clean shutdown so this should
- always be 0. */
-/* 14*/ RESTART_AREA_FLAGS flags;/* Flags modifying LFS behaviour. On Win2k
- and presumably earlier this is always 0. On
- WinXP and presumably later, if the logfile
- was shutdown cleanly, the second bit,
- RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN, is set. This bit
- is cleared when the volume is mounted by
- WinXP and set when the volume is dismounted,
- thus if the logfile is dirty, this bit is
- clear. Thus we don't need to check the
- Windows version to determine if the logfile
- is clean. Instead if the logfile is closed,
- we know it must be clean. If it is open and
- this bit is set, we also know it must be
- clean. If on the other hand the logfile is
- open and this bit is clear, we can be almost
- certain that the logfile is dirty. */
-/* 16*/ le32 seq_number_bits; /* How many bits to use for the sequence
- number. This is calculated as 67 - the
- number of bits required to store the logfile
- size in bytes and this can be used in with
- the specified file_size as a consistency
- check. */
-/* 20*/ le16 restart_area_length;/* Length of the restart area including the
- client array. Following checks required if
- version matches. Otherwise, skip them.
- restart_area_offset + restart_area_length
- has to be <= system_page_size. Also,
- restart_area_length has to be >=
- client_array_offset + (log_clients *
- sizeof(log client record)). */
-/* 22*/ le16 client_array_offset;/* Offset from the start of this record to
- the first log client record if versions are
- matched. When creating, set this to be
- after this restart area structure, aligned
- to 8-bytes boundary. If the versions do not
- match, this is ignored and the offset is
- assumed to be (sizeof(RESTART_AREA) + 7) &
- ~7, i.e. rounded up to first 8-byte
- boundary. Either way, client_array_offset
- has to be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
- Also, restart_area_offset +
- client_array_offset has to be <= 510.
- Finally, client_array_offset + (log_clients
- * sizeof(log client record)) has to be <=
- system_page_size. On Win2k and presumably
- earlier, this is 0x30, i.e. immediately
- following this record. On WinXP and
- presumably later, this is 0x40, i.e. there
- are 16 extra bytes between this record and
- the client array. This probably means that
- the RESTART_AREA record is actually bigger
- in WinXP and later. */
-/* 24*/ sle64 file_size; /* Usable byte size of the log file. If the
- restart_area_offset + the offset of the
- file_size are > 510 then corruption has
- occurred. This is the very first check when
- starting with the restart_area as if it
- fails it means that some of the above values
- will be corrupted by the multi sector
- transfer protection. The file_size has to
- be rounded down to be a multiple of the
- log_page_size in the RESTART_PAGE_HEADER and
- then it has to be at least big enough to
- store the two restart pages and 48 (0x30)
- log record pages. */
-/* 32*/ le32 last_lsn_data_length;/* Length of data of last LSN, not including
- the log record header. On create set to
- 0. */
-/* 36*/ le16 log_record_header_length;/* Byte size of the log record header.
- If the version matches then check that the
- value of log_record_header_length is a
- multiple of 8, i.e.
- (log_record_header_length + 7) & ~7 ==
- log_record_header_length. When creating set
- it to sizeof(LOG_RECORD_HEADER), aligned to
- 8 bytes. */
-/* 38*/ le16 log_page_data_offset;/* Offset to the start of data in a log record
- page. Must be a multiple of 8. On create
- set it to immediately after the update
- sequence array of the log record page. */
-/* 40*/ le32 restart_log_open_count;/* A counter that gets incremented every
- time the logfile is restarted which happens
- at mount time when the logfile is opened.
- When creating set to a random value. Win2k
- sets it to the low 32 bits of the current
- system time in NTFS format (see time.h). */
-/* 44*/ le32 reserved; /* Reserved/alignment to 8-byte boundary. */
-/* sizeof() = 48 (0x30) bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) RESTART_AREA;
-
-/*
- * Log client record. The offset of this record is found by adding the offset
- * of the RESTART_AREA to the client_array_offset value found in it.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/ leLSN oldest_lsn; /* Oldest LSN needed by this client. On create
- set to 0. */
-/* 8*/ leLSN client_restart_lsn;/* LSN at which this client needs to restart
- the volume, i.e. the current position within
- the log file. At present, if clean this
- should = current_lsn in restart area but it
- probably also = current_lsn when dirty most
- of the time. At create set to 0. */
-/* 16*/ le16 prev_client; /* The offset to the previous log client record
- in the array of log client records.
- LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means there is no previous
- client record, i.e. this is the first one.
- This is always LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. */
-/* 18*/ le16 next_client; /* The offset to the next log client record in
- the array of log client records.
- LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means there are no next
- client records, i.e. this is the last one.
- This is always LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. */
-/* 20*/ le16 seq_number; /* On Win2k and presumably earlier, this is set
- to zero every time the logfile is restarted
- and it is incremented when the logfile is
- closed at dismount time. Thus it is 0 when
- dirty and 1 when clean. On WinXP and
- presumably later, this is always 0. */
-/* 22*/ u8 reserved[6]; /* Reserved/alignment. */
-/* 28*/ le32 client_name_length;/* Length of client name in bytes. Should
- always be 8. */
-/* 32*/ ntfschar client_name[64];/* Name of the client in Unicode. Should
- always be "NTFS" with the remaining bytes
- set to 0. */
-/* sizeof() = 160 (0xa0) bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) LOG_CLIENT_RECORD;
-
-extern bool ntfs_check_logfile(struct inode *log_vi,
- RESTART_PAGE_HEADER **rp);
-
-extern bool ntfs_is_logfile_clean(struct inode *log_vi,
- const RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp);
-
-extern bool ntfs_empty_logfile(struct inode *log_vi);
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_LOGFILE_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/malloc.h b/fs/ntfs/malloc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7068425735f1..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/malloc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * malloc.h - NTFS kernel memory handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_MALLOC_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_MALLOC_H
-
-#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-#include <linux/highmem.h>
-
-/**
- * __ntfs_malloc - allocate memory in multiples of pages
- * @size: number of bytes to allocate
- * @gfp_mask: extra flags for the allocator
- *
- * Internal function. You probably want ntfs_malloc_nofs()...
- *
- * Allocates @size bytes of memory, rounded up to multiples of PAGE_SIZE and
- * returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
- *
- * If there was insufficient memory to complete the request, return NULL.
- * Depending on @gfp_mask the allocation may be guaranteed to succeed.
- */
-static inline void *__ntfs_malloc(unsigned long size, gfp_t gfp_mask)
-{
- if (likely(size <= PAGE_SIZE)) {
- BUG_ON(!size);
- /* kmalloc() has per-CPU caches so is faster for now. */
- return kmalloc(PAGE_SIZE, gfp_mask & ~__GFP_HIGHMEM);
- /* return (void *)__get_free_page(gfp_mask); */
- }
- if (likely((size >> PAGE_SHIFT) < totalram_pages()))
- return __vmalloc(size, gfp_mask);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_malloc_nofs - allocate memory in multiples of pages
- * @size: number of bytes to allocate
- *
- * Allocates @size bytes of memory, rounded up to multiples of PAGE_SIZE and
- * returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
- *
- * If there was insufficient memory to complete the request, return NULL.
- */
-static inline void *ntfs_malloc_nofs(unsigned long size)
-{
- return __ntfs_malloc(size, GFP_NOFS | __GFP_HIGHMEM);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_malloc_nofs_nofail - allocate memory in multiples of pages
- * @size: number of bytes to allocate
- *
- * Allocates @size bytes of memory, rounded up to multiples of PAGE_SIZE and
- * returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
- *
- * This function guarantees that the allocation will succeed. It will sleep
- * for as long as it takes to complete the allocation.
- *
- * If there was insufficient memory to complete the request, return NULL.
- */
-static inline void *ntfs_malloc_nofs_nofail(unsigned long size)
-{
- return __ntfs_malloc(size, GFP_NOFS | __GFP_HIGHMEM | __GFP_NOFAIL);
-}
-
-static inline void ntfs_free(void *addr)
-{
- kvfree(addr);
-}
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_MALLOC_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/mft.h b/fs/ntfs/mft.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 49c001af16ed..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/mft.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * mft.h - Defines for mft record handling in NTFS Linux kernel driver.
- * Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_MFT_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_MFT_H
-
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-#include <linux/highmem.h>
-#include <linux/pagemap.h>
-
-#include "inode.h"
-
-extern MFT_RECORD *map_mft_record(ntfs_inode *ni);
-extern void unmap_mft_record(ntfs_inode *ni);
-
-extern MFT_RECORD *map_extent_mft_record(ntfs_inode *base_ni, MFT_REF mref,
- ntfs_inode **ntfs_ino);
-
-static inline void unmap_extent_mft_record(ntfs_inode *ni)
-{
- unmap_mft_record(ni);
- return;
-}
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-/**
- * flush_dcache_mft_record_page - flush_dcache_page() for mft records
- * @ni: ntfs inode structure of mft record
- *
- * Call flush_dcache_page() for the page in which an mft record resides.
- *
- * This must be called every time an mft record is modified, just after the
- * modification.
- */
-static inline void flush_dcache_mft_record_page(ntfs_inode *ni)
-{
- flush_dcache_page(ni->page);
-}
-
-extern void __mark_mft_record_dirty(ntfs_inode *ni);
-
-/**
- * mark_mft_record_dirty - set the mft record and the page containing it dirty
- * @ni: ntfs inode describing the mapped mft record
- *
- * Set the mapped (extent) mft record of the (base or extent) ntfs inode @ni,
- * as well as the page containing the mft record, dirty. Also, mark the base
- * vfs inode dirty. This ensures that any changes to the mft record are
- * written out to disk.
- *
- * NOTE: Do not do anything if the mft record is already marked dirty.
- */
-static inline void mark_mft_record_dirty(ntfs_inode *ni)
-{
- if (!NInoTestSetDirty(ni))
- __mark_mft_record_dirty(ni);
-}
-
-extern int ntfs_sync_mft_mirror(ntfs_volume *vol, const unsigned long mft_no,
- MFT_RECORD *m, int sync);
-
-extern int write_mft_record_nolock(ntfs_inode *ni, MFT_RECORD *m, int sync);
-
-/**
- * write_mft_record - write out a mapped (extent) mft record
- * @ni: ntfs inode describing the mapped (extent) mft record
- * @m: mapped (extent) mft record to write
- * @sync: if true, wait for i/o completion
- *
- * This is just a wrapper for write_mft_record_nolock() (see mft.c), which
- * locks the page for the duration of the write. This ensures that there are
- * no race conditions between writing the mft record via the dirty inode code
- * paths and via the page cache write back code paths or between writing
- * neighbouring mft records residing in the same page.
- *
- * Locking the page also serializes us against ->read_folio() if the page is not
- * uptodate.
- *
- * On success, clean the mft record and return 0. On error, leave the mft
- * record dirty and return -errno.
- */
-static inline int write_mft_record(ntfs_inode *ni, MFT_RECORD *m, int sync)
-{
- struct page *page = ni->page;
- int err;
-
- BUG_ON(!page);
- lock_page(page);
- err = write_mft_record_nolock(ni, m, sync);
- unlock_page(page);
- return err;
-}
-
-extern bool ntfs_may_write_mft_record(ntfs_volume *vol,
- const unsigned long mft_no, const MFT_RECORD *m,
- ntfs_inode **locked_ni);
-
-extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_mft_record_alloc(ntfs_volume *vol, const int mode,
- ntfs_inode *base_ni, MFT_RECORD **mrec);
-extern int ntfs_extent_mft_record_free(ntfs_inode *ni, MFT_RECORD *m);
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_MFT_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/mst.c b/fs/ntfs/mst.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 16b3c884abfc..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/mst.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * mst.c - NTFS multi sector transfer protection handling code. Part of the
- * Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-/**
- * post_read_mst_fixup - deprotect multi sector transfer protected data
- * @b: pointer to the data to deprotect
- * @size: size in bytes of @b
- *
- * Perform the necessary post read multi sector transfer fixup and detect the
- * presence of incomplete multi sector transfers. - In that case, overwrite the
- * magic of the ntfs record header being processed with "BAAD" (in memory only!)
- * and abort processing.
- *
- * Return 0 on success and -EINVAL on error ("BAAD" magic will be present).
- *
- * NOTE: We consider the absence / invalidity of an update sequence array to
- * mean that the structure is not protected at all and hence doesn't need to
- * be fixed up. Thus, we return success and not failure in this case. This is
- * in contrast to pre_write_mst_fixup(), see below.
- */
-int post_read_mst_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size)
-{
- u16 usa_ofs, usa_count, usn;
- u16 *usa_pos, *data_pos;
-
- /* Setup the variables. */
- usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_ofs);
- /* Decrement usa_count to get number of fixups. */
- usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
- /* Size and alignment checks. */
- if ( size & (NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - 1) ||
- usa_ofs & 1 ||
- usa_ofs + (usa_count * 2) > size ||
- (size >> NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS) != usa_count)
- return 0;
- /* Position of usn in update sequence array. */
- usa_pos = (u16*)b + usa_ofs/sizeof(u16);
- /*
- * The update sequence number which has to be equal to each of the
- * u16 values before they are fixed up. Note no need to care for
- * endianness since we are comparing and moving data for on disk
- * structures which means the data is consistent. - If it is
- * consistenty the wrong endianness it doesn't make any difference.
- */
- usn = *usa_pos;
- /*
- * Position in protected data of first u16 that needs fixing up.
- */
- data_pos = (u16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16) - 1;
- /*
- * Check for incomplete multi sector transfer(s).
- */
- while (usa_count--) {
- if (*data_pos != usn) {
- /*
- * Incomplete multi sector transfer detected! )-:
- * Set the magic to "BAAD" and return failure.
- * Note that magic_BAAD is already converted to le32.
- */
- b->magic = magic_BAAD;
- return -EINVAL;
- }
- data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16);
- }
- /* Re-setup the variables. */
- usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
- data_pos = (u16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16) - 1;
- /* Fixup all sectors. */
- while (usa_count--) {
- /*
- * Increment position in usa and restore original data from
- * the usa into the data buffer.
- */
- *data_pos = *(++usa_pos);
- /* Increment position in data as well. */
- data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * pre_write_mst_fixup - apply multi sector transfer protection
- * @b: pointer to the data to protect
- * @size: size in bytes of @b
- *
- * Perform the necessary pre write multi sector transfer fixup on the data
- * pointer to by @b of @size.
- *
- * Return 0 if fixup applied (success) or -EINVAL if no fixup was performed
- * (assumed not needed). This is in contrast to post_read_mst_fixup() above.
- *
- * NOTE: We consider the absence / invalidity of an update sequence array to
- * mean that the structure is not subject to protection and hence doesn't need
- * to be fixed up. This means that you have to create a valid update sequence
- * array header in the ntfs record before calling this function, otherwise it
- * will fail (the header needs to contain the position of the update sequence
- * array together with the number of elements in the array). You also need to
- * initialise the update sequence number before calling this function
- * otherwise a random word will be used (whatever was in the record at that
- * position at that time).
- */
-int pre_write_mst_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size)
-{
- le16 *usa_pos, *data_pos;
- u16 usa_ofs, usa_count, usn;
- le16 le_usn;
-
- /* Sanity check + only fixup if it makes sense. */
- if (!b || ntfs_is_baad_record(b->magic) ||
- ntfs_is_hole_record(b->magic))
- return -EINVAL;
- /* Setup the variables. */
- usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_ofs);
- /* Decrement usa_count to get number of fixups. */
- usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
- /* Size and alignment checks. */
- if ( size & (NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - 1) ||
- usa_ofs & 1 ||
- usa_ofs + (usa_count * 2) > size ||
- (size >> NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS) != usa_count)
- return -EINVAL;
- /* Position of usn in update sequence array. */
- usa_pos = (le16*)((u8*)b + usa_ofs);
- /*
- * Cyclically increment the update sequence number
- * (skipping 0 and -1, i.e. 0xffff).
- */
- usn = le16_to_cpup(usa_pos) + 1;
- if (usn == 0xffff || !usn)
- usn = 1;
- le_usn = cpu_to_le16(usn);
- *usa_pos = le_usn;
- /* Position in data of first u16 that needs fixing up. */
- data_pos = (le16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(le16) - 1;
- /* Fixup all sectors. */
- while (usa_count--) {
- /*
- * Increment the position in the usa and save the
- * original data from the data buffer into the usa.
- */
- *(++usa_pos) = *data_pos;
- /* Apply fixup to data. */
- *data_pos = le_usn;
- /* Increment position in data as well. */
- data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(le16);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * post_write_mst_fixup - fast deprotect multi sector transfer protected data
- * @b: pointer to the data to deprotect
- *
- * Perform the necessary post write multi sector transfer fixup, not checking
- * for any errors, because we assume we have just used pre_write_mst_fixup(),
- * thus the data will be fine or we would never have gotten here.
- */
-void post_write_mst_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b)
-{
- le16 *usa_pos, *data_pos;
-
- u16 usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_ofs);
- u16 usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
-
- /* Position of usn in update sequence array. */
- usa_pos = (le16*)b + usa_ofs/sizeof(le16);
-
- /* Position in protected data of first u16 that needs fixing up. */
- data_pos = (le16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(le16) - 1;
-
- /* Fixup all sectors. */
- while (usa_count--) {
- /*
- * Increment position in usa and restore original data from
- * the usa into the data buffer.
- */
- *data_pos = *(++usa_pos);
-
- /* Increment position in data as well. */
- data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(le16);
- }
-}
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/ntfs.h b/fs/ntfs/ntfs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e81376ea9152..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/ntfs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * ntfs.h - Defines for NTFS Linux kernel driver.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2014 Anton Altaparmakov and Tuxera Inc.
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Richard Russon
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_H
-
-#include <linux/stddef.h>
-#include <linux/kernel.h>
-#include <linux/module.h>
-#include <linux/compiler.h>
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-#include <linux/nls.h>
-#include <linux/smp.h>
-#include <linux/pagemap.h>
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-#include "layout.h"
-
-typedef enum {
- NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE = 512,
- NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS = 9,
- NTFS_SB_MAGIC = 0x5346544e, /* 'NTFS' */
- NTFS_MAX_NAME_LEN = 255,
- NTFS_MAX_ATTR_NAME_LEN = 255,
- NTFS_MAX_CLUSTER_SIZE = 64 * 1024, /* 64kiB */
- NTFS_MAX_PAGES_PER_CLUSTER = NTFS_MAX_CLUSTER_SIZE / PAGE_SIZE,
-} NTFS_CONSTANTS;
-
-/* Global variables. */
-
-/* Slab caches (from super.c). */
-extern struct kmem_cache *ntfs_name_cache;
-extern struct kmem_cache *ntfs_inode_cache;
-extern struct kmem_cache *ntfs_big_inode_cache;
-extern struct kmem_cache *ntfs_attr_ctx_cache;
-extern struct kmem_cache *ntfs_index_ctx_cache;
-
-/* The various operations structs defined throughout the driver files. */
-extern const struct address_space_operations ntfs_normal_aops;
-extern const struct address_space_operations ntfs_compressed_aops;
-extern const struct address_space_operations ntfs_mst_aops;
-
-extern const struct file_operations ntfs_file_ops;
-extern const struct inode_operations ntfs_file_inode_ops;
-
-extern const struct file_operations ntfs_dir_ops;
-extern const struct inode_operations ntfs_dir_inode_ops;
-
-extern const struct file_operations ntfs_empty_file_ops;
-extern const struct inode_operations ntfs_empty_inode_ops;
-
-extern const struct export_operations ntfs_export_ops;
-
-/**
- * NTFS_SB - return the ntfs volume given a vfs super block
- * @sb: VFS super block
- *
- * NTFS_SB() returns the ntfs volume associated with the VFS super block @sb.
- */
-static inline ntfs_volume *NTFS_SB(struct super_block *sb)
-{
- return sb->s_fs_info;
-}
-
-/* Declarations of functions and global variables. */
-
-/* From fs/ntfs/compress.c */
-extern int ntfs_read_compressed_block(struct page *page);
-extern int allocate_compression_buffers(void);
-extern void free_compression_buffers(void);
-
-/* From fs/ntfs/super.c */
-#define default_upcase_len 0x10000
-extern struct mutex ntfs_lock;
-
-typedef struct {
- int val;
- char *str;
-} option_t;
-extern const option_t on_errors_arr[];
-
-/* From fs/ntfs/mst.c */
-extern int post_read_mst_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size);
-extern int pre_write_mst_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size);
-extern void post_write_mst_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b);
-
-/* From fs/ntfs/unistr.c */
-extern bool ntfs_are_names_equal(const ntfschar *s1, size_t s1_len,
- const ntfschar *s2, size_t s2_len,
- const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_size);
-extern int ntfs_collate_names(const ntfschar *name1, const u32 name1_len,
- const ntfschar *name2, const u32 name2_len,
- const int err_val, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len);
-extern int ntfs_ucsncmp(const ntfschar *s1, const ntfschar *s2, size_t n);
-extern int ntfs_ucsncasecmp(const ntfschar *s1, const ntfschar *s2, size_t n,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_size);
-extern void ntfs_upcase_name(ntfschar *name, u32 name_len,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len);
-extern void ntfs_file_upcase_value(FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len);
-extern int ntfs_file_compare_values(FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr1,
- FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr2,
- const int err_val, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len);
-extern int ntfs_nlstoucs(const ntfs_volume *vol, const char *ins,
- const int ins_len, ntfschar **outs);
-extern int ntfs_ucstonls(const ntfs_volume *vol, const ntfschar *ins,
- const int ins_len, unsigned char **outs, int outs_len);
-
-/* From fs/ntfs/upcase.c */
-extern ntfschar *generate_default_upcase(void);
-
-static inline int ntfs_ffs(int x)
-{
- int r = 1;
-
- if (!x)
- return 0;
- if (!(x & 0xffff)) {
- x >>= 16;
- r += 16;
- }
- if (!(x & 0xff)) {
- x >>= 8;
- r += 8;
- }
- if (!(x & 0xf)) {
- x >>= 4;
- r += 4;
- }
- if (!(x & 3)) {
- x >>= 2;
- r += 2;
- }
- if (!(x & 1)) {
- x >>= 1;
- r += 1;
- }
- return r;
-}
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/quota.c b/fs/ntfs/quota.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9160480222fd..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/quota.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * quota.c - NTFS kernel quota ($Quota) handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS
- * project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include "index.h"
-#include "quota.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-/**
- * ntfs_mark_quotas_out_of_date - mark the quotas out of date on an ntfs volume
- * @vol: ntfs volume on which to mark the quotas out of date
- *
- * Mark the quotas out of date on the ntfs volume @vol and return 'true' on
- * success and 'false' on error.
- */
-bool ntfs_mark_quotas_out_of_date(ntfs_volume *vol)
-{
- ntfs_index_context *ictx;
- QUOTA_CONTROL_ENTRY *qce;
- const le32 qid = QUOTA_DEFAULTS_ID;
- int err;
-
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- if (NVolQuotaOutOfDate(vol))
- goto done;
- if (!vol->quota_ino || !vol->quota_q_ino) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Quota inodes are not open.");
- return false;
- }
- inode_lock(vol->quota_q_ino);
- ictx = ntfs_index_ctx_get(NTFS_I(vol->quota_q_ino));
- if (!ictx) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to get index context.");
- goto err_out;
- }
- err = ntfs_index_lookup(&qid, sizeof(qid), ictx);
- if (err) {
- if (err == -ENOENT)
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Quota defaults entry is not "
- "present.");
- else
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Lookup of quota defaults entry "
- "failed.");
- goto err_out;
- }
- if (ictx->data_len < offsetof(QUOTA_CONTROL_ENTRY, sid)) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Quota defaults entry size is invalid. "
- "Run chkdsk.");
- goto err_out;
- }
- qce = (QUOTA_CONTROL_ENTRY*)ictx->data;
- if (le32_to_cpu(qce->version) != QUOTA_VERSION) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Quota defaults entry version 0x%x is not "
- "supported.", le32_to_cpu(qce->version));
- goto err_out;
- }
- ntfs_debug("Quota defaults flags = 0x%x.", le32_to_cpu(qce->flags));
- /* If quotas are already marked out of date, no need to do anything. */
- if (qce->flags & QUOTA_FLAG_OUT_OF_DATE)
- goto set_done;
- /*
- * If quota tracking is neither requested, nor enabled and there are no
- * pending deletes, no need to mark the quotas out of date.
- */
- if (!(qce->flags & (QUOTA_FLAG_TRACKING_ENABLED |
- QUOTA_FLAG_TRACKING_REQUESTED |
- QUOTA_FLAG_PENDING_DELETES)))
- goto set_done;
- /*
- * Set the QUOTA_FLAG_OUT_OF_DATE bit thus marking quotas out of date.
- * This is verified on WinXP to be sufficient to cause windows to
- * rescan the volume on boot and update all quota entries.
- */
- qce->flags |= QUOTA_FLAG_OUT_OF_DATE;
- /* Ensure the modified flags are written to disk. */
- ntfs_index_entry_flush_dcache_page(ictx);
- ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty(ictx);
-set_done:
- ntfs_index_ctx_put(ictx);
- inode_unlock(vol->quota_q_ino);
- /*
- * We set the flag so we do not try to mark the quotas out of date
- * again on remount.
- */
- NVolSetQuotaOutOfDate(vol);
-done:
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
-err_out:
- if (ictx)
- ntfs_index_ctx_put(ictx);
- inode_unlock(vol->quota_q_ino);
- return false;
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/quota.h b/fs/ntfs/quota.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fe3132a3d6d2..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/quota.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * quota.h - Defines for NTFS kernel quota ($Quota) handling. Part of the
- * Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_QUOTA_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_QUOTA_H
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-
-extern bool ntfs_mark_quotas_out_of_date(ntfs_volume *vol);
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_QUOTA_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/runlist.h b/fs/ntfs/runlist.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 38de0a375f59..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/runlist.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * runlist.h - Defines for runlist handling in NTFS Linux kernel driver.
- * Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- * Copyright (c) 2002 Richard Russon
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_RUNLIST_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_RUNLIST_H
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "layout.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-
-/**
- * runlist_element - in memory vcn to lcn mapping array element
- * @vcn: starting vcn of the current array element
- * @lcn: starting lcn of the current array element
- * @length: length in clusters of the current array element
- *
- * The last vcn (in fact the last vcn + 1) is reached when length == 0.
- *
- * When lcn == -1 this means that the count vcns starting at vcn are not
- * physically allocated (i.e. this is a hole / data is sparse).
- */
-typedef struct { /* In memory vcn to lcn mapping structure element. */
- VCN vcn; /* vcn = Starting virtual cluster number. */
- LCN lcn; /* lcn = Starting logical cluster number. */
- s64 length; /* Run length in clusters. */
-} runlist_element;
-
-/**
- * runlist - in memory vcn to lcn mapping array including a read/write lock
- * @rl: pointer to an array of runlist elements
- * @lock: read/write spinlock for serializing access to @rl
- *
- */
-typedef struct {
- runlist_element *rl;
- struct rw_semaphore lock;
-} runlist;
-
-static inline void ntfs_init_runlist(runlist *rl)
-{
- rl->rl = NULL;
- init_rwsem(&rl->lock);
-}
-
-typedef enum {
- LCN_HOLE = -1, /* Keep this as highest value or die! */
- LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED = -2,
- LCN_ENOENT = -3,
- LCN_ENOMEM = -4,
- LCN_EIO = -5,
-} LCN_SPECIAL_VALUES;
-
-extern runlist_element *ntfs_runlists_merge(runlist_element *drl,
- runlist_element *srl);
-
-extern runlist_element *ntfs_mapping_pairs_decompress(const ntfs_volume *vol,
- const ATTR_RECORD *attr, runlist_element *old_rl);
-
-extern LCN ntfs_rl_vcn_to_lcn(const runlist_element *rl, const VCN vcn);
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-extern runlist_element *ntfs_rl_find_vcn_nolock(runlist_element *rl,
- const VCN vcn);
-
-extern int ntfs_get_size_for_mapping_pairs(const ntfs_volume *vol,
- const runlist_element *rl, const VCN first_vcn,
- const VCN last_vcn);
-
-extern int ntfs_mapping_pairs_build(const ntfs_volume *vol, s8 *dst,
- const int dst_len, const runlist_element *rl,
- const VCN first_vcn, const VCN last_vcn, VCN *const stop_vcn);
-
-extern int ntfs_rl_truncate_nolock(const ntfs_volume *vol,
- runlist *const runlist, const s64 new_length);
-
-int ntfs_rl_punch_nolock(const ntfs_volume *vol, runlist *const runlist,
- const VCN start, const s64 length);
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_RUNLIST_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/sysctl.h b/fs/ntfs/sysctl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 96bb2299d2d5..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/sysctl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * sysctl.h - Defines for sysctl handling in NTFS Linux kernel driver. Part of
- * the Linux-NTFS project. Adapted from the old NTFS driver,
- * Copyright (C) 1997 Martin von Löwis, Régis Duchesne
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_SYSCTL_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_SYSCTL_H
-
-
-#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(CONFIG_SYSCTL)
-
-extern int ntfs_sysctl(int add);
-
-#else
-
-/* Just return success. */
-static inline int ntfs_sysctl(int add)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* DEBUG && CONFIG_SYSCTL */
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_SYSCTL_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/time.h b/fs/ntfs/time.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b63261300cc..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/time.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * time.h - NTFS time conversion functions. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_TIME_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_TIME_H
-
-#include <linux/time.h> /* For current_kernel_time(). */
-#include <asm/div64.h> /* For do_div(). */
-
-#include "endian.h"
-
-#define NTFS_TIME_OFFSET ((s64)(369 * 365 + 89) * 24 * 3600 * 10000000)
-
-/**
- * utc2ntfs - convert Linux UTC time to NTFS time
- * @ts: Linux UTC time to convert to NTFS time
- *
- * Convert the Linux UTC time @ts to its corresponding NTFS time and return
- * that in little endian format.
- *
- * Linux stores time in a struct timespec64 consisting of a time64_t tv_sec
- * and a long tv_nsec where tv_sec is the number of 1-second intervals since
- * 1st January 1970, 00:00:00 UTC and tv_nsec is the number of 1-nano-second
- * intervals since the value of tv_sec.
- *
- * NTFS uses Microsoft's standard time format which is stored in a s64 and is
- * measured as the number of 100-nano-second intervals since 1st January 1601,
- * 00:00:00 UTC.
- */
-static inline sle64 utc2ntfs(const struct timespec64 ts)
-{
- /*
- * Convert the seconds to 100ns intervals, add the nano-seconds
- * converted to 100ns intervals, and then add the NTFS time offset.
- */
- return cpu_to_sle64((s64)ts.tv_sec * 10000000 + ts.tv_nsec / 100 +
- NTFS_TIME_OFFSET);
-}
-
-/**
- * get_current_ntfs_time - get the current time in little endian NTFS format
- *
- * Get the current time from the Linux kernel, convert it to its corresponding
- * NTFS time and return that in little endian format.
- */
-static inline sle64 get_current_ntfs_time(void)
-{
- struct timespec64 ts;
-
- ktime_get_coarse_real_ts64(&ts);
- return utc2ntfs(ts);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs2utc - convert NTFS time to Linux time
- * @time: NTFS time (little endian) to convert to Linux UTC
- *
- * Convert the little endian NTFS time @time to its corresponding Linux UTC
- * time and return that in cpu format.
- *
- * Linux stores time in a struct timespec64 consisting of a time64_t tv_sec
- * and a long tv_nsec where tv_sec is the number of 1-second intervals since
- * 1st January 1970, 00:00:00 UTC and tv_nsec is the number of 1-nano-second
- * intervals since the value of tv_sec.
- *
- * NTFS uses Microsoft's standard time format which is stored in a s64 and is
- * measured as the number of 100 nano-second intervals since 1st January 1601,
- * 00:00:00 UTC.
- */
-static inline struct timespec64 ntfs2utc(const sle64 time)
-{
- struct timespec64 ts;
-
- /* Subtract the NTFS time offset. */
- u64 t = (u64)(sle64_to_cpu(time) - NTFS_TIME_OFFSET);
- /*
- * Convert the time to 1-second intervals and the remainder to
- * 1-nano-second intervals.
- */
- ts.tv_nsec = do_div(t, 10000000) * 100;
- ts.tv_sec = t;
- return ts;
-}
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_TIME_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/types.h b/fs/ntfs/types.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a47859e7a06..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/types.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * types.h - Defines for NTFS Linux kernel driver specific types.
- * Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_TYPES_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_TYPES_H
-
-#include <linux/types.h>
-
-typedef __le16 le16;
-typedef __le32 le32;
-typedef __le64 le64;
-typedef __u16 __bitwise sle16;
-typedef __u32 __bitwise sle32;
-typedef __u64 __bitwise sle64;
-
-/* 2-byte Unicode character type. */
-typedef le16 ntfschar;
-#define UCHAR_T_SIZE_BITS 1
-
-/*
- * Clusters are signed 64-bit values on NTFS volumes. We define two types, LCN
- * and VCN, to allow for type checking and better code readability.
- */
-typedef s64 VCN;
-typedef sle64 leVCN;
-typedef s64 LCN;
-typedef sle64 leLCN;
-
-/*
- * The NTFS journal $LogFile uses log sequence numbers which are signed 64-bit
- * values. We define our own type LSN, to allow for type checking and better
- * code readability.
- */
-typedef s64 LSN;
-typedef sle64 leLSN;
-
-/*
- * The NTFS transaction log $UsnJrnl uses usn which are signed 64-bit values.
- * We define our own type USN, to allow for type checking and better code
- * readability.
- */
-typedef s64 USN;
-typedef sle64 leUSN;
-
-typedef enum {
- CASE_SENSITIVE = 0,
- IGNORE_CASE = 1,
-} IGNORE_CASE_BOOL;
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_TYPES_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/unistr.c b/fs/ntfs/unistr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a6b6c64f14a9..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/unistr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * unistr.c - NTFS Unicode string handling. Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-/*
- * IMPORTANT
- * =========
- *
- * All these routines assume that the Unicode characters are in little endian
- * encoding inside the strings!!!
- */
-
-/*
- * This is used by the name collation functions to quickly determine what
- * characters are (in)valid.
- */
-static const u8 legal_ansi_char_array[0x40] = {
- 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,
- 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,
-
- 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,
- 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,
-
- 0x17, 0x07, 0x18, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17,
- 0x17, 0x17, 0x18, 0x16, 0x16, 0x17, 0x07, 0x00,
-
- 0x17, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17, 0x17,
- 0x17, 0x17, 0x04, 0x16, 0x18, 0x16, 0x18, 0x18,
-};
-
-/**
- * ntfs_are_names_equal - compare two Unicode names for equality
- * @s1: name to compare to @s2
- * @s1_len: length in Unicode characters of @s1
- * @s2: name to compare to @s1
- * @s2_len: length in Unicode characters of @s2
- * @ic: ignore case bool
- * @upcase: upcase table (only if @ic == IGNORE_CASE)
- * @upcase_size: length in Unicode characters of @upcase (if present)
- *
- * Compare the names @s1 and @s2 and return 'true' (1) if the names are
- * identical, or 'false' (0) if they are not identical. If @ic is IGNORE_CASE,
- * the @upcase table is used to performa a case insensitive comparison.
- */
-bool ntfs_are_names_equal(const ntfschar *s1, size_t s1_len,
- const ntfschar *s2, size_t s2_len, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_size)
-{
- if (s1_len != s2_len)
- return false;
- if (ic == CASE_SENSITIVE)
- return !ntfs_ucsncmp(s1, s2, s1_len);
- return !ntfs_ucsncasecmp(s1, s2, s1_len, upcase, upcase_size);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_collate_names - collate two Unicode names
- * @name1: first Unicode name to compare
- * @name2: second Unicode name to compare
- * @err_val: if @name1 contains an invalid character return this value
- * @ic: either CASE_SENSITIVE or IGNORE_CASE
- * @upcase: upcase table (ignored if @ic is CASE_SENSITIVE)
- * @upcase_len: upcase table size (ignored if @ic is CASE_SENSITIVE)
- *
- * ntfs_collate_names collates two Unicode names and returns:
- *
- * -1 if the first name collates before the second one,
- * 0 if the names match,
- * 1 if the second name collates before the first one, or
- * @err_val if an invalid character is found in @name1 during the comparison.
- *
- * The following characters are considered invalid: '"', '*', '<', '>' and '?'.
- */
-int ntfs_collate_names(const ntfschar *name1, const u32 name1_len,
- const ntfschar *name2, const u32 name2_len,
- const int err_val, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len)
-{
- u32 cnt, min_len;
- u16 c1, c2;
-
- min_len = name1_len;
- if (name1_len > name2_len)
- min_len = name2_len;
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < min_len; ++cnt) {
- c1 = le16_to_cpu(*name1++);
- c2 = le16_to_cpu(*name2++);
- if (ic) {
- if (c1 < upcase_len)
- c1 = le16_to_cpu(upcase[c1]);
- if (c2 < upcase_len)
- c2 = le16_to_cpu(upcase[c2]);
- }
- if (c1 < 64 && legal_ansi_char_array[c1] & 8)
- return err_val;
- if (c1 < c2)
- return -1;
- if (c1 > c2)
- return 1;
- }
- if (name1_len < name2_len)
- return -1;
- if (name1_len == name2_len)
- return 0;
- /* name1_len > name2_len */
- c1 = le16_to_cpu(*name1);
- if (c1 < 64 && legal_ansi_char_array[c1] & 8)
- return err_val;
- return 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_ucsncmp - compare two little endian Unicode strings
- * @s1: first string
- * @s2: second string
- * @n: maximum unicode characters to compare
- *
- * Compare the first @n characters of the Unicode strings @s1 and @s2,
- * The strings in little endian format and appropriate le16_to_cpu()
- * conversion is performed on non-little endian machines.
- *
- * The function returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero
- * if @s1 (or the first @n Unicode characters thereof) is found, respectively,
- * to be less than, to match, or be greater than @s2.
- */
-int ntfs_ucsncmp(const ntfschar *s1, const ntfschar *s2, size_t n)
-{
- u16 c1, c2;
- size_t i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
- c1 = le16_to_cpu(s1[i]);
- c2 = le16_to_cpu(s2[i]);
- if (c1 < c2)
- return -1;
- if (c1 > c2)
- return 1;
- if (!c1)
- break;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_ucsncasecmp - compare two little endian Unicode strings, ignoring case
- * @s1: first string
- * @s2: second string
- * @n: maximum unicode characters to compare
- * @upcase: upcase table
- * @upcase_size: upcase table size in Unicode characters
- *
- * Compare the first @n characters of the Unicode strings @s1 and @s2,
- * ignoring case. The strings in little endian format and appropriate
- * le16_to_cpu() conversion is performed on non-little endian machines.
- *
- * Each character is uppercased using the @upcase table before the comparison.
- *
- * The function returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero
- * if @s1 (or the first @n Unicode characters thereof) is found, respectively,
- * to be less than, to match, or be greater than @s2.
- */
-int ntfs_ucsncasecmp(const ntfschar *s1, const ntfschar *s2, size_t n,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_size)
-{
- size_t i;
- u16 c1, c2;
-
- for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
- if ((c1 = le16_to_cpu(s1[i])) < upcase_size)
- c1 = le16_to_cpu(upcase[c1]);
- if ((c2 = le16_to_cpu(s2[i])) < upcase_size)
- c2 = le16_to_cpu(upcase[c2]);
- if (c1 < c2)
- return -1;
- if (c1 > c2)
- return 1;
- if (!c1)
- break;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void ntfs_upcase_name(ntfschar *name, u32 name_len, const ntfschar *upcase,
- const u32 upcase_len)
-{
- u32 i;
- u16 u;
-
- for (i = 0; i < name_len; i++)
- if ((u = le16_to_cpu(name[i])) < upcase_len)
- name[i] = upcase[u];
-}
-
-void ntfs_file_upcase_value(FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len)
-{
- ntfs_upcase_name((ntfschar*)&file_name_attr->file_name,
- file_name_attr->file_name_length, upcase, upcase_len);
-}
-
-int ntfs_file_compare_values(FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr1,
- FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr2,
- const int err_val, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
- const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len)
-{
- return ntfs_collate_names((ntfschar*)&file_name_attr1->file_name,
- file_name_attr1->file_name_length,
- (ntfschar*)&file_name_attr2->file_name,
- file_name_attr2->file_name_length,
- err_val, ic, upcase, upcase_len);
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_nlstoucs - convert NLS string to little endian Unicode string
- * @vol: ntfs volume which we are working with
- * @ins: input NLS string buffer
- * @ins_len: length of input string in bytes
- * @outs: on return contains the allocated output Unicode string buffer
- *
- * Convert the input string @ins, which is in whatever format the loaded NLS
- * map dictates, into a little endian, 2-byte Unicode string.
- *
- * This function allocates the string and the caller is responsible for
- * calling kmem_cache_free(ntfs_name_cache, *@...s); when finished with it.
- *
- * On success the function returns the number of Unicode characters written to
- * the output string *@...s (>= 0), not counting the terminating Unicode NULL
- * character. *@...s is set to the allocated output string buffer.
- *
- * On error, a negative number corresponding to the error code is returned. In
- * that case the output string is not allocated. Both *@...s and *@...s_len
- * are then undefined.
- *
- * This might look a bit odd due to fast path optimization...
- */
-int ntfs_nlstoucs(const ntfs_volume *vol, const char *ins,
- const int ins_len, ntfschar **outs)
-{
- struct nls_table *nls = vol->nls_map;
- ntfschar *ucs;
- wchar_t wc;
- int i, o, wc_len;
-
- /* We do not trust outside sources. */
- if (likely(ins)) {
- ucs = kmem_cache_alloc(ntfs_name_cache, GFP_NOFS);
- if (likely(ucs)) {
- for (i = o = 0; i < ins_len; i += wc_len) {
- wc_len = nls->char2uni(ins + i, ins_len - i,
- &wc);
- if (likely(wc_len >= 0 &&
- o < NTFS_MAX_NAME_LEN)) {
- if (likely(wc)) {
- ucs[o++] = cpu_to_le16(wc);
- continue;
- } /* else if (!wc) */
- break;
- } /* else if (wc_len < 0 ||
- o >= NTFS_MAX_NAME_LEN) */
- goto name_err;
- }
- ucs[o] = 0;
- *outs = ucs;
- return o;
- } /* else if (!ucs) */
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to allocate buffer for converted "
- "name from ntfs_name_cache.");
- return -ENOMEM;
- } /* else if (!ins) */
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Received NULL pointer.");
- return -EINVAL;
-name_err:
- kmem_cache_free(ntfs_name_cache, ucs);
- if (wc_len < 0) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Name using character set %s contains "
- "characters that cannot be converted to "
- "Unicode.", nls->charset);
- i = -EILSEQ;
- } else /* if (o >= NTFS_MAX_NAME_LEN) */ {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Name is too long (maximum length for a "
- "name on NTFS is %d Unicode characters.",
- NTFS_MAX_NAME_LEN);
- i = -ENAMETOOLONG;
- }
- return i;
-}
-
-/**
- * ntfs_ucstonls - convert little endian Unicode string to NLS string
- * @vol: ntfs volume which we are working with
- * @ins: input Unicode string buffer
- * @ins_len: length of input string in Unicode characters
- * @outs: on return contains the (allocated) output NLS string buffer
- * @outs_len: length of output string buffer in bytes
- *
- * Convert the input little endian, 2-byte Unicode string @ins, of length
- * @ins_len into the string format dictated by the loaded NLS.
- *
- * If *@...s is NULL, this function allocates the string and the caller is
- * responsible for calling kfree(*@...s); when finished with it. In this case
- * @outs_len is ignored and can be 0.
- *
- * On success the function returns the number of bytes written to the output
- * string *@...s (>= 0), not counting the terminating NULL byte. If the output
- * string buffer was allocated, *@...s is set to it.
- *
- * On error, a negative number corresponding to the error code is returned. In
- * that case the output string is not allocated. The contents of *@...s are
- * then undefined.
- *
- * This might look a bit odd due to fast path optimization...
- */
-int ntfs_ucstonls(const ntfs_volume *vol, const ntfschar *ins,
- const int ins_len, unsigned char **outs, int outs_len)
-{
- struct nls_table *nls = vol->nls_map;
- unsigned char *ns;
- int i, o, ns_len, wc;
-
- /* We don't trust outside sources. */
- if (ins) {
- ns = *outs;
- ns_len = outs_len;
- if (ns && !ns_len) {
- wc = -ENAMETOOLONG;
- goto conversion_err;
- }
- if (!ns) {
- ns_len = ins_len * NLS_MAX_CHARSET_SIZE;
- ns = kmalloc(ns_len + 1, GFP_NOFS);
- if (!ns)
- goto mem_err_out;
- }
- for (i = o = 0; i < ins_len; i++) {
-retry: wc = nls->uni2char(le16_to_cpu(ins[i]), ns + o,
- ns_len - o);
- if (wc > 0) {
- o += wc;
- continue;
- } else if (!wc)
- break;
- else if (wc == -ENAMETOOLONG && ns != *outs) {
- unsigned char *tc;
- /* Grow in multiples of 64 bytes. */
- tc = kmalloc((ns_len + 64) &
- ~63, GFP_NOFS);
- if (tc) {
- memcpy(tc, ns, ns_len);
- ns_len = ((ns_len + 64) & ~63) - 1;
- kfree(ns);
- ns = tc;
- goto retry;
- } /* No memory so goto conversion_error; */
- } /* wc < 0, real error. */
- goto conversion_err;
- }
- ns[o] = 0;
- *outs = ns;
- return o;
- } /* else (!ins) */
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Received NULL pointer.");
- return -EINVAL;
-conversion_err:
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Unicode name contains characters that cannot be "
- "converted to character set %s. You might want to "
- "try to use the mount option nls=utf8.", nls->charset);
- if (ns != *outs)
- kfree(ns);
- if (wc != -ENAMETOOLONG)
- wc = -EILSEQ;
- return wc;
-mem_err_out:
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to allocate name!");
- return -ENOMEM;
-}
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/upcase.c b/fs/ntfs/upcase.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ebe84a78dea..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/upcase.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * upcase.c - Generate the full NTFS Unicode upcase table in little endian.
- * Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001 Richard Russon <ntfs@...tcap.org>
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#include "malloc.h"
-#include "ntfs.h"
-
-ntfschar *generate_default_upcase(void)
-{
- static const int uc_run_table[][3] = { /* Start, End, Add */
- {0x0061, 0x007B, -32}, {0x0451, 0x045D, -80}, {0x1F70, 0x1F72, 74},
- {0x00E0, 0x00F7, -32}, {0x045E, 0x0460, -80}, {0x1F72, 0x1F76, 86},
- {0x00F8, 0x00FF, -32}, {0x0561, 0x0587, -48}, {0x1F76, 0x1F78, 100},
- {0x0256, 0x0258, -205}, {0x1F00, 0x1F08, 8}, {0x1F78, 0x1F7A, 128},
- {0x028A, 0x028C, -217}, {0x1F10, 0x1F16, 8}, {0x1F7A, 0x1F7C, 112},
- {0x03AC, 0x03AD, -38}, {0x1F20, 0x1F28, 8}, {0x1F7C, 0x1F7E, 126},
- {0x03AD, 0x03B0, -37}, {0x1F30, 0x1F38, 8}, {0x1FB0, 0x1FB2, 8},
- {0x03B1, 0x03C2, -32}, {0x1F40, 0x1F46, 8}, {0x1FD0, 0x1FD2, 8},
- {0x03C2, 0x03C3, -31}, {0x1F51, 0x1F52, 8}, {0x1FE0, 0x1FE2, 8},
- {0x03C3, 0x03CC, -32}, {0x1F53, 0x1F54, 8}, {0x1FE5, 0x1FE6, 7},
- {0x03CC, 0x03CD, -64}, {0x1F55, 0x1F56, 8}, {0x2170, 0x2180, -16},
- {0x03CD, 0x03CF, -63}, {0x1F57, 0x1F58, 8}, {0x24D0, 0x24EA, -26},
- {0x0430, 0x0450, -32}, {0x1F60, 0x1F68, 8}, {0xFF41, 0xFF5B, -32},
- {0}
- };
-
- static const int uc_dup_table[][2] = { /* Start, End */
- {0x0100, 0x012F}, {0x01A0, 0x01A6}, {0x03E2, 0x03EF}, {0x04CB, 0x04CC},
- {0x0132, 0x0137}, {0x01B3, 0x01B7}, {0x0460, 0x0481}, {0x04D0, 0x04EB},
- {0x0139, 0x0149}, {0x01CD, 0x01DD}, {0x0490, 0x04BF}, {0x04EE, 0x04F5},
- {0x014A, 0x0178}, {0x01DE, 0x01EF}, {0x04BF, 0x04BF}, {0x04F8, 0x04F9},
- {0x0179, 0x017E}, {0x01F4, 0x01F5}, {0x04C1, 0x04C4}, {0x1E00, 0x1E95},
- {0x018B, 0x018B}, {0x01FA, 0x0218}, {0x04C7, 0x04C8}, {0x1EA0, 0x1EF9},
- {0}
- };
-
- static const int uc_word_table[][2] = { /* Offset, Value */
- {0x00FF, 0x0178}, {0x01AD, 0x01AC}, {0x01F3, 0x01F1}, {0x0269, 0x0196},
- {0x0183, 0x0182}, {0x01B0, 0x01AF}, {0x0253, 0x0181}, {0x026F, 0x019C},
- {0x0185, 0x0184}, {0x01B9, 0x01B8}, {0x0254, 0x0186}, {0x0272, 0x019D},
- {0x0188, 0x0187}, {0x01BD, 0x01BC}, {0x0259, 0x018F}, {0x0275, 0x019F},
- {0x018C, 0x018B}, {0x01C6, 0x01C4}, {0x025B, 0x0190}, {0x0283, 0x01A9},
- {0x0192, 0x0191}, {0x01C9, 0x01C7}, {0x0260, 0x0193}, {0x0288, 0x01AE},
- {0x0199, 0x0198}, {0x01CC, 0x01CA}, {0x0263, 0x0194}, {0x0292, 0x01B7},
- {0x01A8, 0x01A7}, {0x01DD, 0x018E}, {0x0268, 0x0197},
- {0}
- };
-
- int i, r;
- ntfschar *uc;
-
- uc = ntfs_malloc_nofs(default_upcase_len * sizeof(ntfschar));
- if (!uc)
- return uc;
- memset(uc, 0, default_upcase_len * sizeof(ntfschar));
- /* Generate the little endian Unicode upcase table used by ntfs. */
- for (i = 0; i < default_upcase_len; i++)
- uc[i] = cpu_to_le16(i);
- for (r = 0; uc_run_table[r][0]; r++)
- for (i = uc_run_table[r][0]; i < uc_run_table[r][1]; i++)
- le16_add_cpu(&uc[i], uc_run_table[r][2]);
- for (r = 0; uc_dup_table[r][0]; r++)
- for (i = uc_dup_table[r][0]; i < uc_dup_table[r][1]; i += 2)
- le16_add_cpu(&uc[i + 1], -1);
- for (r = 0; uc_word_table[r][0]; r++)
- uc[uc_word_table[r][0]] = cpu_to_le16(uc_word_table[r][1]);
- return uc;
-}
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.c b/fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9097a0b4ef25..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-/*
- * usnjrnl.h - NTFS kernel transaction log ($UsnJrnl) handling. Part of the
- * Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-#include <linux/highmem.h>
-#include <linux/mm.h>
-
-#include "aops.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "endian.h"
-#include "time.h"
-#include "types.h"
-#include "usnjrnl.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-
-/**
- * ntfs_stamp_usnjrnl - stamp the transaction log ($UsnJrnl) on an ntfs volume
- * @vol: ntfs volume on which to stamp the transaction log
- *
- * Stamp the transaction log ($UsnJrnl) on the ntfs volume @vol and return
- * 'true' on success and 'false' on error.
- *
- * This function assumes that the transaction log has already been loaded and
- * consistency checked by a call to fs/ntfs/super.c::load_and_init_usnjrnl().
- */
-bool ntfs_stamp_usnjrnl(ntfs_volume *vol)
-{
- ntfs_debug("Entering.");
- if (likely(!NVolUsnJrnlStamped(vol))) {
- sle64 stamp;
- struct page *page;
- USN_HEADER *uh;
-
- page = ntfs_map_page(vol->usnjrnl_max_ino->i_mapping, 0);
- if (IS_ERR(page)) {
- ntfs_error(vol->sb, "Failed to read from "
- "$UsnJrnl/$DATA/$Max attribute.");
- return false;
- }
- uh = (USN_HEADER*)page_address(page);
- stamp = get_current_ntfs_time();
- ntfs_debug("Stamping transaction log ($UsnJrnl): old "
- "journal_id 0x%llx, old lowest_valid_usn "
- "0x%llx, new journal_id 0x%llx, new "
- "lowest_valid_usn 0x%llx.",
- (long long)sle64_to_cpu(uh->journal_id),
- (long long)sle64_to_cpu(uh->lowest_valid_usn),
- (long long)sle64_to_cpu(stamp),
- i_size_read(vol->usnjrnl_j_ino));
- uh->lowest_valid_usn =
- cpu_to_sle64(i_size_read(vol->usnjrnl_j_ino));
- uh->journal_id = stamp;
- flush_dcache_page(page);
- set_page_dirty(page);
- ntfs_unmap_page(page);
- /* Set the flag so we do not have to do it again on remount. */
- NVolSetUsnJrnlStamped(vol);
- }
- ntfs_debug("Done.");
- return true;
-}
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.h b/fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 85f531b59395..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/usnjrnl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * usnjrnl.h - Defines for NTFS kernel transaction log ($UsnJrnl) handling.
- * Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2005 Anton Altaparmakov
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_USNJRNL_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_USNJRNL_H
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "endian.h"
-#include "layout.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-
-/*
- * Transaction log ($UsnJrnl) organization:
- *
- * The transaction log records whenever a file is modified in any way. So for
- * example it will record that file "blah" was written to at a particular time
- * but not what was written. If will record that a file was deleted or
- * created, that a file was truncated, etc. See below for all the reason
- * codes used.
- *
- * The transaction log is in the $Extend directory which is in the root
- * directory of each volume. If it is not present it means transaction
- * logging is disabled. If it is present it means transaction logging is
- * either enabled or in the process of being disabled in which case we can
- * ignore it as it will go away as soon as Windows gets its hands on it.
- *
- * To determine whether the transaction logging is enabled or in the process
- * of being disabled, need to check the volume flags in the
- * $VOLUME_INFORMATION attribute in the $Volume system file (which is present
- * in the root directory and has a fixed mft record number, see layout.h).
- * If the flag VOLUME_DELETE_USN_UNDERWAY is set it means the transaction log
- * is in the process of being disabled and if this flag is clear it means the
- * transaction log is enabled.
- *
- * The transaction log consists of two parts; the $DATA/$Max attribute as well
- * as the $DATA/$J attribute. $Max is a header describing the transaction
- * log whilst $J is the transaction log data itself as a sequence of variable
- * sized USN_RECORDs (see below for all the structures).
- *
- * We do not care about transaction logging at this point in time but we still
- * need to let windows know that the transaction log is out of date. To do
- * this we need to stamp the transaction log. This involves setting the
- * lowest_valid_usn field in the $DATA/$Max attribute to the usn to be used
- * for the next added USN_RECORD to the $DATA/$J attribute as well as
- * generating a new journal_id in $DATA/$Max.
- *
- * The journal_id is as of the current version (2.0) of the transaction log
- * simply the 64-bit timestamp of when the journal was either created or last
- * stamped.
- *
- * To determine the next usn there are two ways. The first is to parse
- * $DATA/$J and to find the last USN_RECORD in it and to add its record_length
- * to its usn (which is the byte offset in the $DATA/$J attribute). The
- * second is simply to take the data size of the attribute. Since the usns
- * are simply byte offsets into $DATA/$J, this is exactly the next usn. For
- * obvious reasons we use the second method as it is much simpler and faster.
- *
- * As an aside, note that to actually disable the transaction log, one would
- * need to set the VOLUME_DELETE_USN_UNDERWAY flag (see above), then go
- * through all the mft records on the volume and set the usn field in their
- * $STANDARD_INFORMATION attribute to zero. Once that is done, one would need
- * to delete the transaction log file, i.e. \$Extent\$UsnJrnl, and finally,
- * one would need to clear the VOLUME_DELETE_USN_UNDERWAY flag.
- *
- * Note that if a volume is unmounted whilst the transaction log is being
- * disabled, the process will continue the next time the volume is mounted.
- * This is why we can safely mount read-write when we see a transaction log
- * in the process of being deleted.
- */
-
-/* Some $UsnJrnl related constants. */
-#define UsnJrnlMajorVer 2
-#define UsnJrnlMinorVer 0
-
-/*
- * $DATA/$Max attribute. This is (always?) resident and has a fixed size of
- * 32 bytes. It contains the header describing the transaction log.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/sle64 maximum_size; /* The maximum on-disk size of the $DATA/$J
- attribute. */
-/* 8*/sle64 allocation_delta; /* Number of bytes by which to increase the
- size of the $DATA/$J attribute. */
-/*0x10*/sle64 journal_id; /* Current id of the transaction log. */
-/*0x18*/leUSN lowest_valid_usn; /* Lowest valid usn in $DATA/$J for the
- current journal_id. */
-/* sizeof() = 32 (0x20) bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) USN_HEADER;
-
-/*
- * Reason flags (32-bit). Cumulative flags describing the change(s) to the
- * file since it was last opened. I think the names speak for themselves but
- * if you disagree check out the descriptions in the Linux NTFS project NTFS
- * documentation: http://www.linux-ntfs.org/
- */
-enum {
- USN_REASON_DATA_OVERWRITE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
- USN_REASON_DATA_EXTEND = cpu_to_le32(0x00000002),
- USN_REASON_DATA_TRUNCATION = cpu_to_le32(0x00000004),
- USN_REASON_NAMED_DATA_OVERWRITE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000010),
- USN_REASON_NAMED_DATA_EXTEND = cpu_to_le32(0x00000020),
- USN_REASON_NAMED_DATA_TRUNCATION= cpu_to_le32(0x00000040),
- USN_REASON_FILE_CREATE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000100),
- USN_REASON_FILE_DELETE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000200),
- USN_REASON_EA_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000400),
- USN_REASON_SECURITY_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00000800),
- USN_REASON_RENAME_OLD_NAME = cpu_to_le32(0x00001000),
- USN_REASON_RENAME_NEW_NAME = cpu_to_le32(0x00002000),
- USN_REASON_INDEXABLE_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00004000),
- USN_REASON_BASIC_INFO_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00008000),
- USN_REASON_HARD_LINK_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00010000),
- USN_REASON_COMPRESSION_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00020000),
- USN_REASON_ENCRYPTION_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00040000),
- USN_REASON_OBJECT_ID_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00080000),
- USN_REASON_REPARSE_POINT_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00100000),
- USN_REASON_STREAM_CHANGE = cpu_to_le32(0x00200000),
- USN_REASON_CLOSE = cpu_to_le32(0x80000000),
-};
-
-typedef le32 USN_REASON_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * Source info flags (32-bit). Information about the source of the change(s)
- * to the file. For detailed descriptions of what these mean, see the Linux
- * NTFS project NTFS documentation:
- * http://www.linux-ntfs.org/
- */
-enum {
- USN_SOURCE_DATA_MANAGEMENT = cpu_to_le32(0x00000001),
- USN_SOURCE_AUXILIARY_DATA = cpu_to_le32(0x00000002),
- USN_SOURCE_REPLICATION_MANAGEMENT = cpu_to_le32(0x00000004),
-};
-
-typedef le32 USN_SOURCE_INFO_FLAGS;
-
-/*
- * $DATA/$J attribute. This is always non-resident, is marked as sparse, and
- * is of variabled size. It consists of a sequence of variable size
- * USN_RECORDS. The minimum allocated_size is allocation_delta as
- * specified in $DATA/$Max. When the maximum_size specified in $DATA/$Max is
- * exceeded by more than allocation_delta bytes, allocation_delta bytes are
- * allocated and appended to the $DATA/$J attribute and an equal number of
- * bytes at the beginning of the attribute are freed and made sparse. Note the
- * making sparse only happens at volume checkpoints and hence the actual
- * $DATA/$J size can exceed maximum_size + allocation_delta temporarily.
- */
-typedef struct {
-/*Ofs*/
-/* 0*/le32 length; /* Byte size of this record (8-byte
- aligned). */
-/* 4*/le16 major_ver; /* Major version of the transaction log used
- for this record. */
-/* 6*/le16 minor_ver; /* Minor version of the transaction log used
- for this record. */
-/* 8*/leMFT_REF mft_reference;/* The mft reference of the file (or
- directory) described by this record. */
-/*0x10*/leMFT_REF parent_directory;/* The mft reference of the parent
- directory of the file described by this
- record. */
-/*0x18*/leUSN usn; /* The usn of this record. Equals the offset
- within the $DATA/$J attribute. */
-/*0x20*/sle64 time; /* Time when this record was created. */
-/*0x28*/USN_REASON_FLAGS reason;/* Reason flags (see above). */
-/*0x2c*/USN_SOURCE_INFO_FLAGS source_info;/* Source info flags (see above). */
-/*0x30*/le32 security_id; /* File security_id copied from
- $STANDARD_INFORMATION. */
-/*0x34*/FILE_ATTR_FLAGS file_attributes; /* File attributes copied from
- $STANDARD_INFORMATION or $FILE_NAME (not
- sure which). */
-/*0x38*/le16 file_name_size; /* Size of the file name in bytes. */
-/*0x3a*/le16 file_name_offset; /* Offset to the file name in bytes from the
- start of this record. */
-/*0x3c*/ntfschar file_name[0]; /* Use when creating only. When reading use
- file_name_offset to determine the location
- of the name. */
-/* sizeof() = 60 (0x3c) bytes */
-} __attribute__ ((__packed__)) USN_RECORD;
-
-extern bool ntfs_stamp_usnjrnl(ntfs_volume *vol);
-
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_USNJRNL_H */
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/volume.h b/fs/ntfs/volume.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 930a9ae8a053..000000000000
--- a/fs/ntfs/volume.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
-/*
- * volume.h - Defines for volume structures in NTFS Linux kernel driver. Part
- * of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
- * Copyright (c) 2002 Richard Russon
- */
-
-#ifndef _LINUX_NTFS_VOLUME_H
-#define _LINUX_NTFS_VOLUME_H
-
-#include <linux/rwsem.h>
-#include <linux/uidgid.h>
-
-#include "types.h"
-#include "layout.h"
-
-/*
- * The NTFS in memory super block structure.
- */
-typedef struct {
- /*
- * FIXME: Reorder to have commonly used together element within the
- * same cache line, aiming at a cache line size of 32 bytes. Aim for
- * 64 bytes for less commonly used together elements. Put most commonly
- * used elements to front of structure. Obviously do this only when the
- * structure has stabilized... (AIA)
- */
- /* Device specifics. */
- struct super_block *sb; /* Pointer back to the super_block. */
- LCN nr_blocks; /* Number of sb->s_blocksize bytes
- sized blocks on the device. */
- /* Configuration provided by user at mount time. */
- unsigned long flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, see below. */
- kuid_t uid; /* uid that files will be mounted as. */
- kgid_t gid; /* gid that files will be mounted as. */
- umode_t fmask; /* The mask for file permissions. */
- umode_t dmask; /* The mask for directory
- permissions. */
- u8 mft_zone_multiplier; /* Initial mft zone multiplier. */
- u8 on_errors; /* What to do on filesystem errors. */
- /* NTFS bootsector provided information. */
- u16 sector_size; /* in bytes */
- u8 sector_size_bits; /* log2(sector_size) */
- u32 cluster_size; /* in bytes */
- u32 cluster_size_mask; /* cluster_size - 1 */
- u8 cluster_size_bits; /* log2(cluster_size) */
- u32 mft_record_size; /* in bytes */
- u32 mft_record_size_mask; /* mft_record_size - 1 */
- u8 mft_record_size_bits; /* log2(mft_record_size) */
- u32 index_record_size; /* in bytes */
- u32 index_record_size_mask; /* index_record_size - 1 */
- u8 index_record_size_bits; /* log2(index_record_size) */
- LCN nr_clusters; /* Volume size in clusters == number of
- bits in lcn bitmap. */
- LCN mft_lcn; /* Cluster location of mft data. */
- LCN mftmirr_lcn; /* Cluster location of copy of mft. */
- u64 serial_no; /* The volume serial number. */
- /* Mount specific NTFS information. */
- u32 upcase_len; /* Number of entries in upcase[]. */
- ntfschar *upcase; /* The upcase table. */
-
- s32 attrdef_size; /* Size of the attribute definition
- table in bytes. */
- ATTR_DEF *attrdef; /* Table of attribute definitions.
- Obtained from FILE_AttrDef. */
-
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
- /* Variables used by the cluster and mft allocators. */
- s64 mft_data_pos; /* Mft record number at which to
- allocate the next mft record. */
- LCN mft_zone_start; /* First cluster of the mft zone. */
- LCN mft_zone_end; /* First cluster beyond the mft zone. */
- LCN mft_zone_pos; /* Current position in the mft zone. */
- LCN data1_zone_pos; /* Current position in the first data
- zone. */
- LCN data2_zone_pos; /* Current position in the second data
- zone. */
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
- struct inode *mft_ino; /* The VFS inode of $MFT. */
-
- struct inode *mftbmp_ino; /* Attribute inode for $MFT/$BITMAP. */
- struct rw_semaphore mftbmp_lock; /* Lock for serializing accesses to the
- mft record bitmap ($MFT/$BITMAP). */
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
- struct inode *mftmirr_ino; /* The VFS inode of $MFTMirr. */
- int mftmirr_size; /* Size of mft mirror in mft records. */
-
- struct inode *logfile_ino; /* The VFS inode of $LogFile. */
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
-
- struct inode *lcnbmp_ino; /* The VFS inode of $Bitmap. */
- struct rw_semaphore lcnbmp_lock; /* Lock for serializing accesses to the
- cluster bitmap ($Bitmap/$DATA). */
-
- struct inode *vol_ino; /* The VFS inode of $Volume. */
- VOLUME_FLAGS vol_flags; /* Volume flags. */
- u8 major_ver; /* Ntfs major version of volume. */
- u8 minor_ver; /* Ntfs minor version of volume. */
-
- struct inode *root_ino; /* The VFS inode of the root
- directory. */
- struct inode *secure_ino; /* The VFS inode of $Secure (NTFS3.0+
- only, otherwise NULL). */
- struct inode *extend_ino; /* The VFS inode of $Extend (NTFS3.0+
- only, otherwise NULL). */
-#ifdef NTFS_RW
- /* $Quota stuff is NTFS3.0+ specific. Unused/NULL otherwise. */
- struct inode *quota_ino; /* The VFS inode of $Quota. */
- struct inode *quota_q_ino; /* Attribute inode for $Quota/$Q. */
- /* $UsnJrnl stuff is NTFS3.0+ specific. Unused/NULL otherwise. */
- struct inode *usnjrnl_ino; /* The VFS inode of $UsnJrnl. */
- struct inode *usnjrnl_max_ino; /* Attribute inode for $UsnJrnl/$Max. */
- struct inode *usnjrnl_j_ino; /* Attribute inode for $UsnJrnl/$J. */
-#endif /* NTFS_RW */
- struct nls_table *nls_map;
-} ntfs_volume;
-
-/*
- * Defined bits for the flags field in the ntfs_volume structure.
- */
-typedef enum {
- NV_Errors, /* 1: Volume has errors, prevent remount rw. */
- NV_ShowSystemFiles, /* 1: Return system files in ntfs_readdir(). */
- NV_CaseSensitive, /* 1: Treat file names as case sensitive and
- create filenames in the POSIX namespace.
- Otherwise be case insensitive but still
- create file names in POSIX namespace. */
- NV_LogFileEmpty, /* 1: $LogFile journal is empty. */
- NV_QuotaOutOfDate, /* 1: $Quota is out of date. */
- NV_UsnJrnlStamped, /* 1: $UsnJrnl has been stamped. */
- NV_SparseEnabled, /* 1: May create sparse files. */
-} ntfs_volume_flags;
-
-/*
- * Macro tricks to expand the NVolFoo(), NVolSetFoo(), and NVolClearFoo()
- * functions.
- */
-#define DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(flag) \
-static inline int NVol##flag(ntfs_volume *vol) \
-{ \
- return test_bit(NV_##flag, &(vol)->flags); \
-} \
-static inline void NVolSet##flag(ntfs_volume *vol) \
-{ \
- set_bit(NV_##flag, &(vol)->flags); \
-} \
-static inline void NVolClear##flag(ntfs_volume *vol) \
-{ \
- clear_bit(NV_##flag, &(vol)->flags); \
-}
-
-/* Emit the ntfs volume bitops functions. */
-DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(Errors)
-DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(ShowSystemFiles)
-DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(CaseSensitive)
-DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(LogFileEmpty)
-DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(QuotaOutOfDate)
-DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(UsnJrnlStamped)
-DEFINE_NVOL_BIT_OPS(SparseEnabled)
-
-#endif /* _LINUX_NTFS_VOLUME_H */
--
2.39.5
Powered by blists - more mailing lists